Francine Shapiro Library - EMDR Bibliography Links

 

 

Choose any combination of the search options below. If you do not wish to include an option in your search, leave the box blank, or select "Any."

 Your Results - you searched for the keyword Gay Clients 855 Results    

1. マーフィ重松, 村川 治彦 [Shigematsu Mafi, and Murakawa Haruhiko]. (2001年12月). 第4巻 トラウマ治療のためのＥＭＤＲ [EMDR treatment for trauma, Volume 3]. 心理療法のための日本語研究所：東京 [Japanese Institute for Psychotherapy: Tokyo].

Language: Japanese

Format: Video

Abstract:
ＥＭＤＲ（眼球運動による脱感作と再処理法）は認知的、行動的、精神力動的、生理学的、相互作用的といった主要な心理療法の様々な要素を含む複雑な治療的アプローチである。 これまで眼球運動の刺激の面だけが注目を集めてきたが、ＥＭＤＲには８つの段階の介入法があり、クライアントが比較的落ち着いた状態のままできるだけ短い期間で深く総合的な治療の効果をあげることを目指している。

EMDR (and re-treatment of eye movement desensitization) is a cognitive, behavioral, psychodynamic, physiological, and therapeutic approaches for a complex variety of elements such as the main interactive psychotherapy. The plane had just paid attention to this eye movement stimulation, EMDR has a eight-step interventions, the overall effect of treatment remains deeply as possible in a short period comparatively calm clients It aims to give.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

2. Robertson, J. M., & Williams, B. W. (2010). "Gender aware therapy" for professional men in a day treatment center. Psychotherapy Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 47(3), 316–326. doi:10.1037/a0021163.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
High accountability men in the medical, legal, corporate, and mental health professions sometimes engage in behavior that violates their fiduciary responsibilities. These highly skilled men may engage in disruptive or explosive behavior, cross sexual boundaries with clients or patients, abuse substances, or have other psychiatric problems that compromise their workplace performance. When this occurs, licensing boards, professional societies, or supervising executives often require the dysregulated man to seek assistance. This article reports on ways the Professional Renewal Center incorporates recommendations from “Gender Aware Therapy” in developing a male-friendly approach to conducting comprehensive multidisciplinary psychological assessments, and to providing intensive, multimodal, weeks-long treatment services.

Keywords: Assessment  Masculinity  Professionals  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

3. 市井雅哉, 熊野 宏昭 [Ichii Masaya & Kumano Hiroaki]. (1996). 急性ストレス障害の阪神・淡路大震災被災者に対する眼球運動による脱感作法(EMD)の適用 ブリーフサイコセラピー研究 [Eye movement desensitization by Kobe earthquake victims with acute stress disorder (EMD) application]. ブリーフサイコセラピー、5、53-70の日本人会 [Japanese Association of Brief Psychotherapy, 5, 53-70].

Language: Japanese

Format: Journal

Abstract:
著者らは、EMDを（眼球運動脱感作）阪神淡路大震災から受けたとのASD（急性ストレス障害）の生存者として1ヶ月と診断地震次の2つの女性に適用されます。セッションの中で、彼らの恐れが減少した。その結果、EMDには、ASDクライアントのPTSDを防ぐために使用できることを示した。 25歳焦がすの女性は当初、外傷に関連する画像（例えば、火）、8の初期SUDにレベルを訴えた。眼球運動（EM）の苦痛のレベルの4つの後に0に減少した。眼球運動の7番目のセット後、彼女はそれが終わると、"として完全に本当だった認知"を評価した。 5ヵ月後には、これらの治療の変更が症状のいずれか再発することなく維持された。関連は、この場合、二次的利得と自己使用で議論された。また、結婚28歳の女性、EMDの治療のセッション中に恐怖感の強いreexperienced地震に関連する症状。迅速SUDには0のレベルに減少したEMの11セットの後に恐れている。同時に、彼女は彼女が望ましい認知または"すべては疑いの余地なくすべての権利"は信じられないと報じた。方法はEMDを適用することで画像や正認知の治療に議論された。また、症状の適用範囲やEMDとEMDRの違いが議論された。

Authors applied EMD (Eye Movement Desensitization) to two women who suffered from the Great Hanshin-Awaji Earthquake and diagnosed as ASD (Acute Stress Disorder) survivors one month following the earthquake. Within a session, their fears were diminished. The result showed that EMD can be used for ASD clients to prevent PTSD. A 25 year-old singe woman initially complained of trauma-related imagery (e.g., fire) with an initial SUD level of eight. After four sets of Eye Movement (EM) the level of distress decreased to 0. After the seventh set of eye movement, she rated the cognition "it was over," as completely true. Five months later, these therapeutic changes were maintained without any relapse of symptoms. Associated with this case, secondary gain and self use were discussed. In addition, a married 28-year-old woman, reexperienced earthquake-related symptoms with a strong sense of fear during the therapy session of EMD. The fear quickly decreased to a level of 0 on SUD after the eleventh set of EM. At the same time she reported that she could believe a desirable cognition or "everything is all right" without any doubt. The way to treat imagery and positive cognition in applying EMD was discussed. Furthermore, an applicable range of symptoms, and the differences between EMD and EMDR were discussed.

Keywords: Acute Stress Disorder  ASD  Earthquake  Kobe  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

4. 市井雅哉 [Ichii Masaya]. (1997年12月). 眼球運動による脱感作と再処理法(EMDR)の急性ストレス障害(ASD)を示した阪神淡路大震災被災者への適用 : ストレス障害に対するストレスの少ない治療法 [Application of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) to ASD survivors of the Great Hanshin-Awaji Earthquake: Treatment with less stress for stress disorder]. バイオフィードバック研究、（24）、38から44 [Japanese Journal of Biofeedback Research, (24), 38-44].

Language: Japanese

Format: Journal

Abstract:
市井 雅哉 眼球運動による脱感作と再処理法(EMDR)の急性ストレス障害(ASD)を示した阪神淡路大震災被災者への適用: ストレス障害に対するストレスの少ない治療法 バイオフィードバック研究 日本バイオフィードバック学会
阪神・淡路大震災の被災者で急性ストレス障害を呈した2名の女性に対して震災1ケ月後にEMDRを適用した.いずれも1セッションで地震への恐怖感は消失した.EMDRをPTSDやASDといったストレス障害の治療に用いることの有効性が示された.治療技法としてのEMDRの特徴として、即効性,クライエント・治療者双方に対してのストレスの少なさを指摘し,作用機序についてこれまで提唱されている仮説について紹介した.

The Author applied EMDR (Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing) to two women survivors, who suffered from the Great Hanshin-Awaji Earthquake and diagnosed as ASD one month following the earthquake. Within a session, their fears of the earthquake were diminished. The results showed that EMDR is effective for stress disorders like ASD or PTSD. A 25-year-old single woman initially complained of trauma-related imagery (e.g. fire) with an initial SUD level of eight. After four sets of eye movement (EM) the level of distress decreased to zero. After the seventh set of EM, her rating of cognition as "it was over" went up to "completely true." Five months later, these therapeutic changes were maintained without any relapse of symptoms. A married 28-year-old woman, re-experienced earthquake-related symptoms with a strong sense of fear during a therapy session of EMDR. The fear quickly decreased to a level of zero on SUD after the eleventh set of EM. At the same time she reported that she could believe a desirable cognition or that "everything is all right" without any doubt. The author pointed out that the therapeutic characteristics of EMDR are rapid effectiveness and less stress for both clients and therapists. Also some hypotheses of working mechanisms of EMDR were introduced.

Keywords: Acute Stress Disorder  Clinical Case Study  Earthquake  Empirical Study  Females  Natural Disasters  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Survivors  Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

5. スペイツ C.リチャード コッチ エレン I. [Spates, C. R., and Koch, E. I.] (2003). 眼球運動脱感作と再処理(Reprocessing)から表出(Exposure)セラピーまで : 共通するメカニズムへの証拠に対する再考と概観 [From eye movement desensitization and reprocessing to exposure therapy: A review of the evidence for shared mechanisms]. 行动分析学研究18（2）、62から76 [Japanese Journal of Behavior Analysis, 18(2), 62-76].

Language: Japanese

Format: Journal

Abstract:
心的外傷後ストレス障害は、（心的外傷後ストレス障害）のすべての文化と生涯を通じて人々に影響を与える条件である。診断実践心的外傷後ストレス障害の導入以来、多くの研究は、疫学、病態生理、心理的、生理的メカニズムだけでなく、その治療に対処しています。障害の行動製剤は、分野の研究をリードの間に浸透して、効果的な治療につながるなど、暴露療法するヒューリスティックを証明されています。眼球運動脱感作は、サービス（EMD/ R）の再処理は、この定式化から出発すると主張している最近開発された介入は、その有効性の実証的な支持を受けています。本記事では、眼球運動脱感作と再処理の行動策定を支持する証拠をレビューし、それが暴露療法と行動の一般的なメカニズムを共有していることを示唆している。以上の研究関心は心的外傷後ストレス障害より寛容と、クライアントと実務に受け入れられるのレンダリング露出ベースの治療法の検討方法に与えられるべきである。

Posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is a condition that affects people in all cultures and throughout the lifespan. Since the introduction of posttraumatic stress disorder into diagnostic practice, a great deal of research has addressed its epidemiology, pathophysiology, and psychological and physiological mechanisms, as well as its treatment. A behavioral formulation of the disorder has prevailed among leading researchers in the field, and has proved heuristic in leading to efficacious treatments, e.g., exposure therapy. Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMD/R), a recently developed intervention that claims to be a departure from this formulation, has received empirical support for its efficacy. The present article reviews the evidence supporting a behavioral formulation of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, and suggests that it shares common mechanisms of action with exposure therapy. Greater research attention should be given to examining ways of rendering exposure-based therapies for posttraumatic stress disorder more tolerant and acceptable to clients and practitioners. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Exposure Therapy  Literature Review  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

6. Lanius, U. (2005, April). 'Dissociative processes' and EMDR - Staying connected. Presentation at 3rd Annual Conference of the EMDR Association of UK and Ireland, Jordanstown, Northern Ireland .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: D
issociative processes, common in a wide variety of psychological disorders (e.g., PTSD, Anxiety Disorders, Personality Disorders, Dissociative Disorders, etc.) can interfere with effective EMDR treatment. The information processing system gets overwhelmed and shuts down, thereby barring the integration and resolution of traumatic experience. The workshop presents a model, based on recent developments in neuroscience and the neurobiology of dissociation, that guides therapeutic interventions in general and EMDR treatment in particular. Treatment planning, target selection, the use of both body-oriented (bottom-up processing) versus cognitive and ego-state (top-down processing), and other interventions are discussed. Participants will become familiar with specific interventions designed to minimize dissociative symptoms, as well as techniques that aid clients in becoming reconnected once dissociative processes have occurred. A comprehensive therapeutic approach is described that aids clients with dissociative symptoms to stay connected and thereby enhance the likelihood of efficient information processing during EMDR treatment.

Keywords: Dissociation  Dissociative Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

7. Spierings, J. (2011, August). (Non) cognitive interweaves in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with severely damaged clients we can hardly expect EMDR-processing to go smoothly by itself. ‘Just staying out of the way’ is not enough to help these clients process their traumatic material. A more active approach is called for to bring trauma resolution. In EMDR this type of intervening is called ‘(cognitive) interweaving’. The therapist may need to intervene on the process level with process interweaves, in order to keep the client within his window of (affect)tolerance.Or the therapist has to intervene on the content level with content interweaves, when the client gets stuck in a specific problem is unable to solve with the information he has available. In this workshop the participant learns to use process interweaves to modulate the arousal level of the client. In addition to this a toolkit of useful content interweaves is presented, cognitive and non-cognitive, e.g. sensory, physical, humorous, symbolic and spiritual interweaves. The presentation includes metaphors for all kinds of blocks, bits and pieces of psycho-education for specific stuck points, unorthodox, creative or hilarious interweaves to get round resistance, and interweaves to bring reconciliation and forgiveness.

Keywords: (Non) Cognitive Interweaves  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

8. Grenough, M. (2007, September). 4 brief strategies to calm, relax, and re-wire the brain. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Looking for calm in the chaos – for you and your clients? Examine findings of recent research regarding the brain’s neuroplasticity and our ability to re-wire our own brains. Learn four 60-second strategies that can calm, relax, heighten sense of personal control, diminish power of old patterns, and strengthen healthy neural pathways. Understand, and be able to explain to clients, how research testifies to the efficacy of these simple strategies and how their implementation can be useful in EMDR treatment. In this highly experiential workshop, you will learn four strategies and explore how/when to use each with your clients – and with yourself.

Keywords: Relaxation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

9. Opperman-Schmid, F. (2010, June). 5 years of EMDR in a general practioners practise. In Treatment of children/acute stress. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This study describes the use of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in clients suffering from posttraumatic stress symptoms after recent traumatic experience. Between November 2003 and July 2009, 45 clients of a general medicine practise with stress reactions and inability to work after a recent traumatic event were treated with EMDR. The number of active EMDR sessions varied from 1 to 5 sessions. After this short time of active treatment, everyone of these clients was free of symptoms and able to take up work again. After a three months period, those clients were reinvestigated. Up to this time, none of them had suffered from symptoms of distress or accumulation of trauma memories or inability to go to work. The study shows an interesting aspect in EMDR treatment: general practitioners are the first to be consulted by clients with recent trauma. EMDR is shown to be very effective in treatment of stress symptoms after recent trauma. Consequently, an early intervention with EMDR reduces stress symptoms and the period of inability. This is to promote interest and awareness specially among general practitioners with psychotherapy training.

Keywords: Acute Stress  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

10. Lynn, B. (2000, September). Accessing pre-traumatic prenatal experience using EMDR:  Uncovering a powerful resource of equanimity, integration, and self-esteem in the pre-traumatized self. EMDRIA Newsletter, 5(3), 6-7.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
This article is a preliminary report on the remarkable results some of my clients and I have been achieving using EMDR to target prenatal trauma, with a focus on the discovery of an experience of the self prior to any trauma occurring and the enormous healing power that derives from revisiting and reactivating this extraordinarily positive pretraumatic experience. It is with some hesitation that I am reporting my experience with prenatal trauma processing, as I do not wish to be seen as on the fringe or even over the edge by my colleagues. However, I realize that I was able to overcome my prejudices -through examination of the facts- about the nature of prenatal experience, when memory begins, and how it can be accessed. I have found there is a body of scientific investigation and knowledge on prenatal experience and trauma, and that indeed we do experience and are influenced by our environment in the womb. We can learn from such experience, and therefore, can be traumatized prior to birth. The prenatal self can feel and record this experience. I refer the reader to www.birthpsychology.com/resources/ index.html for a list of publications on this matter. The various kinds of pre- and perinatal trauma and the deep healing that results when processed with EMDR will be the object of other articles by myself and Dr. Heather Pearson, who is also investigating this same field. What I intend to focus on here is the discovery of a pre-traumatic experience at the embryonic stage, which I have found to be a remarkably powerful internal resource for healing, already developed and installed, simply requiring reactivation. When I saw the powerful healing results of reactivation of this pre-traumatic experience in a number of relatively “stuck” clients, I felt ethically bound to report this immediately to other clinicians using EMDR so that others may benefit.

Keywords: Prenatal  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

11. Crow, C., & Sause, E. (2007, June). Accessing preverbal trauma for effective adult EMDR. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Recent research (Moberg, 2003, The Oxytocin Factor) indicates the potential of early pre-verbal trauma to set up biochemical and neurological responses which activate certain triggers. Since the touchstone event is pre-verbal, it is difficult to identify, but crucial in the resolution of later traumas resistant to full EMDR processing (Those who remain stuck at a greater than 0 SUDs). The antedotal experience is that this model can activate the material more fully and facilitate more thorough competion of phases 4-8. "Once upon a Time" contains every element of the EMDR Protocol in the prescribed order, Incident, Image, NC, PC, VOC, Emotion, SUD, Body sensation. This experimental model is not a substitute for standard EMDR. It facilitates access tohese preverbal traumas and the resultant cognitions which may have formed around them. It allows for a return to the standard EMDR protocol after this early material has been effectively targeted and reprocessed. "Once Upon a Time" model allows for fuller connection with early material. History is collected through antedotal information from third party informants and family photographs and is used to create a metaphor; this technique can access the multiple modalities of pre-verbal experience previously intellectualized. Phase three begins with a short continuation of Phase 1 using an interview format to review and briefly discuss the various elements of the troubling material. A "sentence completion" format is used to obtain the TICES elements. Those spontaneous answers form the script for a "Once Upon a Time" (Crow, 2004, EMDRIA Montreal, Canada), a deviation from Phase 4 of the standard protocol. Pertinent examples of the application of this model will be discussed and demonstrated with video taped excerpts of actual clients. Video taped client reports of the long term effect of the shifts resulting from the "Once Upon a Time" experience will provide validation that this technique enables retur to the standard EMDR protocol and full processing of previously incompletely processed material. Participants will create their own "Once Upon a Time" script from a video example of client history as an experiential introduction to the intricacies of this model. Evidence indicates that this technique is effective on a "consultant" basis, where the "Once Upon a Time" can be conducted by a separate therapist skilled in the technique, and returned to their regular EMDR therapist to complete this treatment. Currently a study is underway utilizing a pre/post text design (N=10) and statistical analysis of the results to measure the quantitative change within the client.

Keywords: Model  Poster  Preverbal Trauma  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

12. Paulsen, S. L. (2006, November). ACT-AS-IF and ARCHITECTS approach to utilizing ego state therapy, somatic psychotherapy and EMDR with highly dissociative clients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma & Dissociation, Los Angeles, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Act-As-If  Architects  Dissociation  Ego State Therapy  Somatic Psychotherapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

13. Carbonell, J. L. (2008). Active ingredient study: Preliminary findings. In V. R. Volkman, (Ed.), Traumatic incident reduction: Research and results (2nd ed.) (pp. 65-73). Ann Arbor, Michigan: Loving Healing Press.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
In 1994, TIR, V/KD, EMDR, and TFT were investigated through a systematic clinical demonstration (SCD) methodology at Florida State University. This methodology guides the examination but does not test the effectiveness of clinical approaches. Each approach was demonstrated by nationally recognized practitioners following a similar protocol, though their methods of treatment varied. A total of 39 research participants were treated, and results showed that all four approaches had some immediate impact on clients and appear to also have some lasting impact. The paper also discusses the theoretical, clinical, and methodological implications of the study. [Text, p. 65] [Pilot]

Keywords: Adults  Americans  Neurolinguistic Programming  NLP  Random Clinical Trial  RCT  Stressors  Survivors  TIR  Trauma Focus Therapy  Traumatic Incident Reduction  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

14. Carbonell, J. (2005). Active ingredient study: Preliminary findings. In V. R. Volkman, (Ed.), Beyond trauma: Conservations in trauma incident reduction (2nd ed.) (pp. 116-124). Ann Arbor, Michigan: Loving Healing Press .

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
In 1994, TIR, V/KD, EMDR, and TFT were investigated through a systematic clinical demonstration (SCD) methodology at Florida State University. This methodology guides the examination but does not test the effectiveness of clinical approaches. Each approach was demonstrated by nationally recognized practitioners following a similar protocol, though their methods of treatment varied. A total of 39 research participants were treated, and results showed that all four approaches had some immediate impact on clients and appear to also have some lasting impact. The paper also discusses the theoretical, clinical, and methodological implications of the study. [Text, p. 116]

Keywords: Adults  Americans  Neurolinguistic Programming  NLP  Random Clinical Trial  RCT  Stressors  Survivors  TIR  Trauma Focus Therapy  Traumatic Incident Reduction  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

15. Barreda-Hanson, C. (2012, Septiember). Adaptación del EMDR y terapia breve centrada en el cliente para cambiar percepciones negativas y traumaticas [EMDR adaption of brief client-centered therapy to change negative and traumatic perceptions]. Presentación en la 70 Conferencia Anual del International Council of Psychologist(ICP), Sevilla, España.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
El estrés subsiguiente después de un traumatismo, representa un trastorno disfuncional – tanto interno como externo – que se manifiesta en alteraciones en el reconocimiento cognitivo y en los comportamientos, llevando además asociados síntomas somáticos, afloramiento de problemas inconscientes y ansiedades. Pues una de las características del estrés post-traumático, es precisamente la pérdida de equilibrio entre el mundo interno y externo de quien lo sufre. Por eso, ante la complejidad de las respuestas post-traumáticas, éstas se pueden catalogar en gran medida dentro de las perturbaciones psicopatológicas. El estrés psicológico surge por una situación estresante “real”, externa, tangible y la reacción ante esta difícil experiencia, evoca un conjunto bastante universal y coherente de síntomas y respuestas que provocan reacciones primitivas relacionadas con temores inconscientes ante las amenazas a la vida, que hacen aflorar incipientemente fantasías e impulsos abrumadores. Los resultados son los pensamientos disfuncionales que conducen a las respuestas y a los comportamientos desadaptativos. Objetivos: el taller está diseñado para proporcionar a estudiantes y profesionales de la Psicología – que trabajan o desean trabajar en esta área del trauma y el cambio de comportamientos -, la habilidad para utilizar eficaz y rápidamente intervenciones breves, que puedan poner en practicar incluso en casa. En el taller se estudiará la forma inicial de evaluar, tanto al trauma como a la clientela. Se trabajará la historia del trauma y se profundizará en sus consecuencias y en cómo diseñar las intervenciones breves para hacerles frente. También se centrará en averiguar qué cambios quieren los y las clientes a través de relatos y visualizaciones, utilizando una adaptación de las terapias EMDR y la Solución Enfocada tanto a crear el cambio deseado, como a mantenerlo. En consecuencia el taller es de particular interés para quienes trabajan con personas que han sufrido cualquier tipo de trauma, o quienes perciben acontecimientos de la vida, experiencias, etc. que les afectan de forma negativa en su día a día. También es útil para las personas que sufren de TOC, sobre todo trastornos del pensamiento. Los aspectos más útiles de las dos técnicas que se han adaptado junto con otras innovaciones de la autora, guardan relación con la creación de un ambiente seguro, no-traumático, que actúa rápidamente y que además, se puede realizar en casa sin peligro de consecuencias negativas. Objetivos específicos: 1. Ser capaz de describir e identificar las manifestaciones del trauma. 2. Aprender y describir dos técnicas terapéuticas breves en el tratamiento del trauma 3. Definir una técnica breve terapéutica que puede ser utilizada para fomentar el cambio 4. Destacar el rol del o de la terapeuta durante el tratamiento de los traumatismos 5. Ser capaz de describir, diseñar y establecer metas de la terapia y promover cambios mediante el uso de técnicas de terapia breve. Métodos: la Desensibilización y Reprocesamiento por Movimientos Oculares (EMDR), es un método complejo e integrador de la psicoterapia individual, mediante el que se guía al cliente utilizando un procedimiento para acceder a sus experiencias y resolver sus problemas conductuales y emocionales. El EMDR utiliza elementos de múltiples orientaciones psicoterapéuticas tanto psicodinámicas, como cognitivo- conductuales, enfoques centrados en el cliente, gestalt y bioenergéticos. La premisa subyacente de EMDR es que las experiencias de pánico y ansiedad se procesan de forma diferente por el cerebro que las experiencias habituales. La teoría subyacente es que durante el estrés, la memoria grava en una parte del cerebro responsable de las emociones de modulación (la amígdala) y se cierra temporalmente otra parte del cerebro (el hipocampo), responsable de procesamiento de la memoria normal. La experiencia traumática queda atrapada en el exterior y potencialmente no forma parte del procesamiento normal del cerebro, y el EMDR permite a la persona acceder a la experiencia y transformarla en memoria declarativa en el hipocampo. Con el método EMDR, el hipocampo se puede abrir a las emociones evocadas por la experiencia para que el/la cliente pueda soportarlas mientras se realiza el tratamiento. La distracción y la atención a la estimulación bilateral, desempeñan un importante papel que ayuda al cliente a experimentar las emociones como tolerables. Aunque cómo la distracción bilateral en concreto, facilita el procesamiento de las experiencias dolorosas, sea algo que todavía no se termina de entender. Por otra parte, las Intervenciones Breves de Terapias enfocadas al Cliente se centran en las excepciones del problema, pensando que a continuación se desarrollará un cambio natural en el comportamiento. Es una especie de visión orientada no en las formas tradicionales, sino hacia el futuro, sin profundizar demasiado en la “patología” sino más bien centrándose en lo que el sistema puede hacer para adaptarse a ella, puesto que ambos pueden decidir si esa “patología” es un problema o no lo es. Las Intervenciones de Terapia Breve enfocadas al Cliente se utilizan para resolver una variedad de problemas de comportamientos y actitudes, mediante el uso de los propios recursos de los y las clientes y las observaciones de las estrategias que utilizan para alcanzar los resultados deseados, en sus situaciones vitales habituales. Se trata de una buena técnica para establecer y mantener un contexto de cambio en el que los pequeños, pero útiles cambios, se anticipan y se buscan. En definitiva, la combinación de ambas técnicas con algunas variaciones desarrolladas por la Dra. Barreda-Hanson, han demostrado ser una herramienta poderosa para mejorar la respuesta al tratamiento en un período de tiempo más corto, teniendo también la ventaja de permitir practicar los ejercicios en casa. Aplicaciones: la aplicación habitual del EMDR ha sido el tratamiento de trastornos emocionales relacionados con eventos muy perturbadores o traumáticos. Pero también se usa para trabajar síntomas preocupantes como la ansiedad, la depresión, la culpa y la ira. E igualmente, se puede utilizar para mejorar recursos emocionales tales como la confianza y la autoestima. Procedimientos: - El taller se impartirá en español y el alumnado recibirá amplios folletos complementarios. - Se realizará en una única jornada, en sesión de mañana para teoría y de tarde para prácticas, trabajando cada modelo por separado. - Se espera que quienes asistan lleven una cuestión-problema sobre la que trabajar utilizando las diversas técnicas, pues aunque se utilizarán múltiples ej. de casos reales, se alentará a quienes participen a traer sus propias experiencias e ideas para debatir y trabajar sobre ellas.

The subsequent stress after trauma represents a dysfunctional disorder - internal and external - that is manifested in alterations in cognitive recognition and behavior, besides being associated somatic symptoms outcrop unconscious problems and anxieties. As one of the characteristics of post-traumatic stress, is the loss of balance between internal and external world of the sufferer. Therefore, given the complexity of post-traumatic responses, they can be categorized largely into psychopathological disturbances. Psychological stress arises from a stressful situation "real" external, tangible and reaction to this difficult experience, quite evokes a universal and consistent set of symptoms that cause reactions and responses primitive unconscious fears related to threats to life, which bring out fantasies and impulses incipiently overwhelming. The results are the thoughts that lead to dysfunctional responses and maladaptive behaviors. Objectives: The workshop is designed to provide students and psychology professionals - who work or want to work in this area of ​​trauma and behavior change - the ability to quickly and efficiently use brief interventions, which may put in practice even in house. The workshop will explore how to evaluate initial both trauma as to clients. It will work history of trauma and its consequences will deepen and how design brief interventions to address them. It will also focus on finding out what changes customers want and through stories and views, using an adaptation of EMDR therapy and Solution Focused both to create the desired change, and to keep it. Thus the workshop is of particular interest to those working with people who have suffered any kind of trauma, or who perceive life events, experiences, etc.. that negatively affect them in their day to day. Also useful for persons suffering from OCD, especially disorders of thought. The most useful of the two techniques that have adapted along with other innovations of the author, are related to the creation of a safe, non-traumatic, acting quickly and also can be done at home without fear of consequences negative. Specific objectives: 1. Be able to describe and identify the manifestations of trauma. 2. Learn and describe two brief therapeutic techniques in the treatment of trauma 3. Define a short therapeutic technique that can be used to promote change 4. Outline the role of the therapist or during treatment of injuries 5. Be able to describe, design and establish goals of therapy and promote change through the use of brief therapy techniques. Methods: Desensitization and Reprocessing Eye Movement (EMDR), is a complex and inclusive method of individual psychotherapy, which is guided by the client using a procedure to access their experiences and address their behavioral and emotional problems. The EMDR uses multiple elements of both psychodynamic psychotherapeutic approaches as cognitive-behavioral, client-centered approaches, gestalt and bioenergy. The underlying premise of EMDR is that experiences panic and anxiety are processed differently by the brain than normal experiences. The underlying theory is that during stress, gravel memory part of the brain responsible for emotions modulation (amygdala) and temporarily closes another part of the brain (hippocampus), responsible for normal memory processing. The trapped traumatic experience abroad and potentially not part of the normal brain processing, and EMDR allows people access to the experience and transform it into declarative memory in the hippocampus. With EMDR, the hippocampus can be opened to the emotions evoked by the experience that he / the client is able to bear while performing the treatment. Distraction and attention to bilateral stimulation, play an important role to help the client to experience emotions as tolerable. Although bilateral distraction how specifically facilitates the processing of painful experiences, is something that is not yet fully understood. Moreover, brief interventions focused Customer Therapies focus on the exceptions of the problem, thinking that then will develop a natural change in behavior. It is a kind of non-oriented view on traditional forms, but to the future, without going too deeply into the "pathology" but rather focus on what the system can do to adapt to it, since both can decide whether this "pathology "is a problem or not. Brief therapy interventions focused Customer are used to solve a variety of problem behaviors and attitudes, using their own resources and comments from customers and the strategies used to achieve the desired results in their situations normal life. This is a good technique to establish and maintain a context of change in that small but useful changes, anticipate and seek. In short, the combination of both techniques with some variations developed by Dr. Barreda Hanson, have proved a powerful tool for improving the response to therapy in a shorter period of time, having also the advantage of allowing in practice exercises house. Applications: the routine application of EMDR has been the treatment of emotional disorders associated with very disturbing or traumatic events. But also used to work worrying symptoms such as anxiety, depression, guilt and anger. And also, can be used to enhance emotional resources such as confidence and self-esteem. Procedures: - The workshop will be taught in Spanish and students will receive extensive additional brochures. - Will be held in a single day, in morning session and afternoon theory to practice, working each model separately. - Who are expected to attend with a question-problem on which to work using various techniques, for example, although multiple use. real cases, those involved are encouraged to bring their own experiences and ideas to discuss and work on them.

Keywords: Brief Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

16. Spierings, J. J. (2005, June). Adapting EMDR to work effectively with clients from other cultures. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Intercultural competence is the ability to expand your EMDR skills to other cultures. It has both an attitude aspect and a technical aspect : a different style of relating and communicating with your client, and different things to ask and explore.
This workshop offers a systematic way to understand this type of differences, it offers also very practical do's and don'ts, and tips and tricks to overcome difficulties.
The participants will learn intercultural competence in the development of resources and the building up of affect tolerance, making use of the healing rituals, objects and symbols of their clients own culture.

Keywords: Culture  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

17. Miller, R., & Tay, K. H. (2009, August). Adapting the standard EMDR protocol for clients with mild mental retardation: Some guidelines and implications. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR as a psychotherapeutic approach has been shown to be effective. However, there is a paucity of studies examining the efficacy of EMDR for clients diagnosed with mild mental retardation. The DSM-IV defines mild mental retardation as below average intelligence (IQ between 70 and 55) along with some deficiencies in adaptive functioning skills demonstrated before age 18. The purpose of our clinical project was to explore the applicability of EMDR for our adult clients (n = 12; mean age 22.5) diagnosed with mild mental retardation by adapting the standard protocol. Studies showed that individuals with mental retardation learn and retain information more effectively when materials are presented to them in a visual, concrete, and interactive manner while utilizing the principles of positive reinforcements.
The prevalence of mental health problems and the wide range of clinical symptoms among these individuals have been reported in several studies. Additionally, these adults are misunderstood as being overly limited in their ability to reap any therapeutic benefit from counseling interventions. Prout and Strohmer (1998), for instance, argued that adults with mental retardation do benefit from counseling interventions. However, they stressed the need for more sophisticated or modified use of psychotherapeutic interventions. Psychotherapeutic techniques and models should be modified, if feasible, in regards to language and cognitive levels commensurate with the clients’ background.
Based on our clinical observations, the following are some examples of proposed guidelines to assist the EMDR clinicians in thinking more creatively when adapting the standard protocol.
1) Considerable amount of preparation at the onset of EMDR is necessary, as it plays a pivotal role in ensuring a successful outcome.
2) Visual depiction of the SUDs and VOCs on a scale of 0 through 5, or 0 through 10, depending on the client’s cognitive abilities is beneficial. Use of “faces” to depict concretely various levels of distress should be made.
3) The concepts of PC and NC may be too abstract for some in this population. We assist clients by operationally defining those concepts with the list of commonly used PCs and NCs in simpler language.
4) Coping resources are sometimes limited for these adults. Clients will benefit from having multiple reinforcements of self-soothing skills thorough the installation of the “safe place” and “resources”.
5) Positive reinforcements (e.g., frequent verbal reminders) should be used regularly in sessions throughout treatment. However, be mindful of clients’ desire to please the clinician.
6) Role-playing should be used when feasible throughout treatment, e.g., during the installation of future templates, as it heightens more sensory, affective, and behavioral modes of learning rather than verbal modality alone.
Based on the treatment outcomes reported by our clients, EMDR is an effective treatment option, as evidenced by sustained reduction in their level of distress to traumatic memories. Findings from this clinical project have practice and research implications. First, the standard protocol should be adapted for use with adults with mild mental retardation to achieve optimal gain. Second, empirical research is needed to provide further evidence for the efficacy of EMDR for adults with mild mental retardation.

Keywords: Mental Retardation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

18. Hensley, B. J. (2012). Adaptive information processing, targeting, the standard protocol, and strategies for successful outcomes in EMDR reprocessing. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 92-100. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.92.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This article provides excerpts from each chapter of An EMDR Primer: From Practicum to Practice (Hensley, 2009) to assist novice eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) clinicians who are learning how to use this approach and to serve as a refresher for therapists who have not used EMDR consistently in their practices. Actual cases are presented that demonstrate various strategies that the therapist can use to help clients reach adaptive resolution of trauma. Tables and figures highlight important features to explain the obvious and subtle nuances of EMDR. Focal points are the following: (a) the adaptive information processing model; (b) the types of targets accessed during the EMDR process; (c) the 8 phases of EMDR; (d) the components of the standard EMDR protocol used during the assessment phase; (e) past, present, and future in terms of appropriate targeting and successful outcomes; and (f) strategies and techniques for dealing with challenging clients, high levels of abreaction, and blocked processing.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  Cognitive Interweave  Three-Pronged Approach  Types of Targets  Unblocking Strategies  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

19. Grand, D. (1998, July). Advance clinical seminar: Innovation and integration in EMDR based diagnosis, technique, teaching, performance enhancement and creativity. Presentation at the annual meetng of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) be able to understand and utilize EMDR based diagnosis; 2) be able to utilize both forming of "questioning interweaves" and reflection of clients questions for processing; 3) gain an in depth understanding of the rationale and use of auditory and tactile modes of EMDR stimulation; 4) have working knowldge of advanced conceptualizations of parallel protocols, processing interaction between internalized selves and longer term EMDR; 5) have an expanded knowledge of issues in teaching EMDR, such as individual and group supervision and presenting seminars; 6) gain an understanding of a developmental model of performance and techniques for application of EMDR to performance enhancement and sports psychology; and 7) develop comprehensive understanding of issues of creativity and EMDR. This will include both the client's and therapist's creativity in the EMDR process, as well as se of EMDR for creativity enhancement.

Keywords: Creativity  Performance Enhancement  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

20. Twombly, J. (2001, June). Advanced adaptations in the treatment of dissociative disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants of this workshop will learn how to incorporate EMDR adaptations within treatment stages of Dissociative Disordered clients. They will also learn how to facilitate stability, present time, and height orientation, set up a protective format for processing traumatic material, and applications to ego state work.

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

21. Vogelmann-Sine, S., Popky, A. J., Lazrove, S., Sine, L., Speare, J., Wade, D., & Wade, T. (1995, June). Advanced clinical applications of EMDR to addictive behaviors. Symposium conducted at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop addresses the application of standard and modified EMDR treatment protocols to addictive and compulsive behaviors including substance abuse/dependence, overeating, smoking, love addiction. Individuals with addictive and compulsive behaviors frequently have suffered from childhood trauma and neglect resulting in developmental arrests, as well as a variety of maladaptive behaviors which are trauma-related and serve to minimize pain. The successful implementation of EMDR to addictive behaviors requires that EMDR be used as part of an overall treatment program carefully addressing the needs of individuals who have been traumatized and are exhibiting addictive behaviors. A thorough diagnostic work up is needed aimed at assessing comorbidity, dissociation, and a detailed trauma history covering childhood traumas and traumas suffered as adults including traumas that occur as a consequence of addictive behaviors. Careful client preparation is essential to assist individuals in coping adequately with the high levels of emotion experienced during EMDR Clients' readiness to stop compulsive/addictive behaviors needs to be carefully evaluated. A decision tree aimed at determining the appropriateness of EMDR to individuals diagnosed with addictive behaviors is presented which assists clinicians in minimizing the premature use of EMDR. EMDR is a client centered method, and thus, careful pacing is needed with this population to reprocess underlying traumatic issues. This frequently implies utilizing a modified EMDR treatment protocol with only partial resolutions of underlying traumatic material. Guidelines will be discussed to assist clinicians in selecting EMDR targets for optional results which relate to the stages of recovery. EMDR can be used at all stages of recovery to neutralize the negative impact of memories contributing to problematic behaviors, such as urges to use, ambivalence about treatment, fear of facing painfull feelings from the past. EMDR also has the power to install templates for future actions which assist individuals with skill deficits in more rapidly acquiring necessary skills for a successful recovery. Examples of cognitive interweaves are presented which take into consideration clients' readiness, as well as the need to accelerate the recovery process. EMDR has a unique role in the recovery of traumatized individuals with addictive and compulsive behaviors since the accelerated processing of negative experiences and the installation of positive adaptive cognitions assist clients in more rapidly overcoming barriers throughout the recovery process. It also challenges rigid approaches to recovery which frequently stress that trauma work should not be attempted before abstinence has been accomplished for a specified period of time. EMDR is especially valuable in processing core issues which center around shame and manifest in cognitions, such as "I am defective," "There is something wrong with me," "I am not good enough," "I am not quite right," "I don't belong," "I don't deserve to live." Case examples will be given as to how such core issues can be targeted to accelerate the recovery process. A.J. Popky has developed a specialized EMDR treatment protocol which targets levels of urges of addictive/compulsive behaviors directly and installs a positive internal state of feeling empowered without relying on compulsive and addictive behaviors. Case examples fiom clinical practice indicate that when levels of urges are targeted directly, underlying traumas frequently emerge without increasing clients' usage. The symposium addresses the application of this protocol to a range of addictive and compulsive behaviors. The Wades' integrative psychotherapy combines ego-state therapy and EMDR in a psychosocial developmental context. Their substance use disorders treatment program incorporates specialized applications of their integrative psychotherapy, which includes both individual and group therapy and employs hypnosis as well as EMDR Their presentation focuses on applications of the standard EMDR protocol in individual therapy, which is limited primarily to desensitization of dysphoric affect and reprocessing negative cognitions associated with grief and trauma. Their conceptual framework of substance use disorders proceeds from a goal of reducing the harm caused by substance use and a primary distinction between functional and autonomous use (rather than the DSM conceptualizations of "dependence" or "abuse") because this guides interventions. Initial treatment planning depends upon external constraints (e.g., lack of support for positive change, hostile environment), internal limitations (e.g., severity of substance use and its effects, neurocognitive deficits, inadequate "ego strength," lack of skills, disrupted psychosocial development, psychological trauma) and the nature of the substance use disorder (i.e., functional, autonomous, or both). Methods include education about substance use disorders and processes of change, group therapy to develop skills and obtain feedback and support, individual therapy to correct disrupted development and resolve traumatic stress reactions, and exercises to apply what is learned in real-life situations. The standard EMDR protocol is applied to disrupted development involving grief and to resolve psychological trauma that lead to substance use. Case vignettes in which such applications of the standard EMDR protocol were employed are presented in detail.

Keywords: Addictions  Substance Abuse  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

22. Dworkin, M. (2008, September). Advanced clinical strategies for clients with complex PTSD and dissociation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients with complex PTSD and dissociation present many challenges. The neurosciences have helped us to begin to understand and deal with them through a recent clarification of mirror neurons and associated neural structures in both the clinician and client. Concepts from the Boston Change Process Study Group and ego state therapy provide methods of analyzing and intervening in the “microprocesses” that occur in treatment. Hoppenwasser’s concept of “dissociative attunement” challenges thinking about the “multiple self states” both clinician and client operate from. Her ideas push us to rethink current conceptualizations of relatedness. Participants will learn how to deal with ruptures in positive empathy that may result in the history taking, assessment, and desensitization phases. In the preparation phase, participants learn to use the therapeutic relationship as an additional resource for containment. Concepts of dyadic regulation of affect, now moments and moments of meeting will be taught to deal with ruptures to the therapeutic relationship throughout treatment. Dealing productively with countertransference ruptures poses additional challenges. Participants will learn a strategy called the “relational interweave”. Its function is to restore EMDR processing when an interpersonal “event” has temporarily derailed the work. A practicum using Dworkin’s Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire will be held in the afternoon part of the workshop to enhance learning this strategy.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress DIsorder  Complex PTSD  C-PTSD  Dissociation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

23. Twombly, J. (2000, September). Advanced EMDR adaptations in the treatment of dissociative disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn how to incorporate EMDR and EMDR adaptations within the stages of treatment of Dissociative Disordered (DD) clients; 2) learn how to facilitate present time, and height orientation for clients with DDs; 3) learn how to set up a protective format for processing traumatic material with DD clients; and 4) learn how to apply EMDR adaptations in ego state work.

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

24. Browning, C., & Omaha, J. (2001, June). Affect management skills training (AMST):  Basic and advanced techniques. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
AMST blends EMDR, imagery, and ego state therapy to assist clients in developing affect tolerance and can be used with extremely vulnerable clients to prepare them for safe EMDR processing. Practicum and video demonstration will be used.

Keywords: Affect Management Skills Training  Affect Tolerance  AMST  Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

25. Edalatian-McCain, N. (2008, September). AIP model and treatment of clients with dissociative symptoms or disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Principles derived from Adaptive Information Processing, the theoretical basis of EMDR that are particularly relevant to working with clients with dissociation are discussed. These include principles that explain the development of dissociation, as well as those that inform treatment. Using case vignettes, these principles are applied to all phases of EMDR treatment, from case conceptualization to re-processing of traumas. It is shown how AIP informs the therapist of the prerequisites for successful trauma processing, needed resources, in-session tools, how to guide the client through reprocessing of the traumatic material in an adaptive way, and how to prevent re-traumatization.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model  AIP Model  Dissociative Disorders  Dissociative Symptoms  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

26. Swedish Council on Technology Assessment (2001, April). Alert: EMDR - Psychotherapy in posttraumatic stress syndrome in young people - early assessment briefs. Swedish Council on Technology Assessment in Health Care (SBU).

Language: English

Format: Publication

Abstract:
Findings by SBU Alert, Version: 1,
METHOD AND TARGET GROUP: EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is a new psychotherapeutic method aimed at processing memories of traumatic events, thereby ameliorating the psychological consequences of these memories. EMDR involves elements from several different psychological approaches. It is uncertain which of the treatment elements are effective. Clients with post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) are the main target group for EMDR treatment. Although both children and adults have been treated with EMDR, this document is aimed particularly at children and adolescents.
PATIENTS BENEFITS, RISKS AND SIDE EFFECTS: Published studies of EMDR mainly cover adults with PTSD. There are two randomized and controlled studies, one of which has yet to be published, of EMDR treatment in 47 children and adolescents. One of the studies suggests that EMDR yields a better treatment outcome in the short term compared to the control treatment (active listening). In the second study, no significant difference was found between EMDR treatment in combination with standard treatment and standard treatment alone as regards reduction in avoidance and invading thoughts. However, the PTSD symptom of behavioral disorders declined significantly in the EMDR group. Furthermore, numerous case studies suggest that EMDR has a positive treatment effect in children and adolescents with PTSD. No harmful effects have been reported.
ECONOMIC ASPECTS: There are no economic assessments of EMDR. Limited data suggest that fewer treatments are needed to achieve the desired outcome with EMDR compared to other psychotherapeutic methods. This suggests that EMDR is a potentially cost-effective method in relation to the alternatives, under the assumption that the effects of treatment are permanent.
CURRENT SCIENTIFIC EVIDENCE: There is moderate* scientific evidence to show the benefits of EMDR treatment in children and adolescents. There is no* documentation concerning the cost-effectiveness or effects beyond 6 months. Since the scientific documentation is limited, the effects of EMDR treatment in both the short and long term should be compared in studies with other treatment alternatives, including standard treatment. Furthermore, the cost-effectiveness of the method should be studied under Swedish conditions. *This assessment by SBU Alert uses a 4-point scale to grade the quality and evidence of the scientific documentation. The grades indicate: (1) good, (2) moderate, (3) poor, or (4) no scientific evidence on the subject. This summary is based on a report prepared at SBU in collaboration with Kerstin Bergh Johannesson, Lic. Psychol., Akademiska Hospital, Uppsala and has been reviewed by Prof. Mats Fredriksson, Uppsala University, Uppsala.
REFERENCES: 1.) Cahill SP, Carrigan MH, Frueh BC. Does EMDR work? And if so, why? A critical review of controlled outcome and dismantling research. J Anxiety Disord 1999;13(1-2):5-33. 2.) Chemtob CM, Nakashima J, Hamada R, Carlson J. Brief treatment for elementary school children with disaster-related PTSD: a field study. J Clin Psychol, in press. 3.) Chemtob et al. Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. In: Foa EB, Keane TM, Friedman MJ, eds. Effective treatments for PTSD. New York: Guilford, 2000. 4.) Devilly GJ, Spence SH. The relative efficacy and treatment distress of EMDR and a cognitive-behavior trauma treatment protocol in the amelioration of posttraumatic stress disorders. J Anxiety Disord 1999;13(1-2):131-57. 5.) Lovett J. Small Wonders: Healing childhood trauma with EMDR. New York: Free Press, 1999. 6.) Macklin ML, Metzger LJ, Lasko NB, Berry NJ, Orr SP, Pitman RK. Five-year follow-up study of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing therapy for combat-related post traumatic stress disorder. Comprehensive Psychiatry 2000;41(1),24-27. 7.) Puffer MK, Greenwald R, Elrod DE. A treatment outcome study of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) with traumatized children and adolescents. Presented at the annual conference of the EMDR International Association, Denver, June 1996. 8.) Renfrey G, Spates CR. Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: A partial dismantling procedure. J Behav Ther Experiment Psychiatr 1994;25:231-239. 9.) Scheck MM, Schaeffer JA, Gilette CS. Brief psychological intervention with traumatized young women: The efficacy of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. J Trauma Stress 1998;11:25-44. 10.) Shapiro F. Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: Basic principles, protocols and procedures. New York: Guilford Press, 1995. 11.) Stallard P, Velleman R, Baldwin S. Prospective study of post-traumatic stress disorder in children involved in road traffic accidents. BMJ 1998;317:1619-1623. 12.) Soberman GB, Greenwald R, Rule DL. A controlled study of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) for boys with conduct problems. J Aggression Maltreatment Trauma, in press. 13.) Tinker RH, Wilson SA. Through the Eyes of a Child: EMDR with children. New York: Norton & Co, 1999. 14.) van der Kolk B. Biological response to psychic trauma. In: Wilson JP, Raphael B, eds. International Handbook of Traumatic Stress Syndromes. New York: Plenum Press, 1993:25-33. 15.) van der Kolk B, Burbridge J, Susuki J. The psychobiology of traumatic memory; clinical implications of neuroimagery studies. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 1997;821:99-113. 16.) van Etten M, Taylor S. Comparative efficacy of treatments for post-traumatic stress disorder: a meta-analysis. Clin Psychol Psychother 1998;5:126-144. 17.) Wilson SA, Becker LA, Tinker RH. Fifteen-month follow-up of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder and psychological trauma. J Consult Clin Psychol 1997;65(6):1047-1056. 18.) Wilson SA, Tinker RH, Hoff.
Alert is a joint effort by the Swedish Council on Technology Assessment in Health Care (SBU), the Medical Products Agency, the National Board of Health and Welfare, and the Federation of Swedish County Councils. The complete report is available in Swedish only.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Practice Guidelines  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

27. Borkin, S. (2000, September). All the write stuff: The integration of writing to enhance and expand the use of EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Conference, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participatns will learn to: 1) assist clients in focusing and clarifying targets and cognitions to differentiate between competency blocks vs. creative process blocks; 2) introduce and integrate literary interweaves;" 3) instruct clients in the use of recording practices to enhance EMDR session follow-up; and 4) employ the use of writing for self-use of EMDR.

Keywords: Creative Process Block  Literary Intereaves  Process Block  Re-Evaluation  Writing  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

28. Picciano, L. (2009, Fall). Alumni incorporate EMDR into psychodynamic treatment. GSAPP Alumni Newsletter, 10(2), 1,4.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
EMDR is a treatment developed by Francine Shapiro (2001) to reprocess traumatic experiences that are “locked” in the nervous system and give rise to current symptomatology. It involves an eight stage protocol in which clients select a target memory and, with the clinician, assess its cognitive, somatic, and emotional components as well as associated level of distress. The memory is then reprocessed through bilateral stimulation (most commonly eye movements) of the brain until the level of distress is reduced. Shapiro developed the “information-processing model” to explain EMDR’s “…treatment effects in terms of the association of memory networks” (Shapiro, 2002, p. 29). The reprocessing allows the client to “digest” a stuck traumatic memory by connecting it with more adaptive memory networks in the brain. EMDR originated as a treatment for PTSD, but EMDR protocols now exist for a variety of issues, such as phobias and grief. Originally developed with adults, its use has also been extended to children, but with modifications in technique.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

29. O'Shea, K. (2009, May). Anger, imagination and EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Canada Conference, Vancouver, British Columbia Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Anger is typically associated with destructive behavior, yet it is frequently released non-destructively during EMDR sessions, via the imagination. Participants will learn 1) how to help clients accept anger as potentially necessary and valuable when learning from traumatic experiences (including the neuroscience that supports the existence of sub-cortical anger circuitry); 2) how to easily reset clients’ anger circuits; 3) Interweaves that facilitate its nondestructive release; 4) how to ensure anger has been fully released; and 5) ways to facilitate clients’ safe release of anger during and outside sessions.

Keywords: Anger  Imagination  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

30. O'Shea, K. (2008, June). Anger, imagination and EMDR – what EMDR has taught us about the importance of anger and how to facilitate its safe release. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Assocation, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Jaak Panksepp’s text, Affective Neuroscience (1998), informs us of the vast amount of neurological data available to show that, like all mammals, anger is one of our basic affective circuits. Yet it is not identified as such in the diagnostic manual, at least here in the States. Only the destructive outcomes of angry behaviors are included. Guiding EMDR sessions over the past 17 years has given me the opportunity to observe the nondestructive release of anger as a protective response to harmful (traumatic) experiences. Imagination appears to provide us with an innate ability to acknowledge the degree of harm, and to experience, at a physical level, the capability to protect ourselves and others, if anything similar recurs. Following that release, I consistently see what I call “Compassion-with-Protection”, spontaneously expressed. Others call it “forgiveness”. Because of their experiences with destructive anger and our cultural avoidance of anger, clients often have difficulty allowing their angry feelings to be felt and released during EMDR work. Letting them know they have this capability can enable them to “just notice what happens” during trauma reprocessing. This workshop will address, via description and case examples, how EMDR has clarified the nature of anger. It will specify how EMDR clinicians can support their clients in releasing anger non-destructively (by clearing the anger circuit during Preparation, teaching them how the Imagination works - for self-use and during reprocessing, - and identifying the most efficient targeting sequences), so they can update their systems to their current level of capability and fully experience the “Compassion-with-Protection” that naturally follows.

Keywords: Anger  Imagination  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

31. de Jongh, A. (2005, November). Angstjes, angsten en fobieën: Hoe pak je het simpel aan met EMDR? [Anxiety, fears and phobias: How to go about it simple with EMDR?]. Presentatie op de eerste congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is een gevalideerde behandelmethode voor psychisch trauma. Maar niet altijd leidt het meemaken van een vervelende gebeurtenis tot PTSS: angsten of fobieën zullen veel vaker het gevolg zijn. In veel gevallen is de behandeling van een fobische stoornis zelfs een stuk lastiger dan van een PTSS. Dit komt omdat er meer geheugenrepresentaties moeten worden bewerkt. Een complicerende factor in de behandeling kan verder zijn dat we te maken hebben lastig, ingesleten vermijdingsgedrag (bijv. bij sociale angst) of dat een bepaalde stimulussituatie objectief vervelende kantjes heeft (bijv. bij sommige medische angsten). In deze workshop leren de deelnemers:
- een handige manier om angsten te diagnosticeren en casuïstiek te conceptualiseren in termen van EMDR - te beslissen in welke gevallen EMDR is aangewezen, wanneer een cognitief gedragstherapeutische aanpak (of een combinatie) beter geschikt is en hoe deze behandeling eruit ziet - gericht angsttargets te identificeren en snel tot de juiste NCs en PCs te komen - cliënten voor te bereiden op moeilijke of relatief onveilige stimulussituaties
Het materiaal wordt gepresenteerd aan de hand van videobeelden, demonstraties en oefeningen. De workshop is geschikt voor ervaren en minder ervaren behandelaars, zowel op het terrein van volwassenen als kinderen en jeugd.


EMDR is a validated treatment for psychological trauma but does not require the experience of an unpleasant event for PTSD: fear or phobias are more often the result. In many cases, the treatment of a phobic disorder even more difficult than one PTSD. This is because more memory representations should be modified. A complicating factor in treatment may also be that we are facing difficult ingrained avoidance behavior (e.g. social anxiety) or that a certain objective stimulussituatie nasty lace has (e.g. some medical fears). In this workshop participants learn:
- A convenient way to diagnose anxiety and case studies to conceptualize in terms of EMDR - To decide cases in which EMDR is appropriate when a cognitive behavioral approach (or a combination) is more suitable and how this treatment looks - Terror targets aimed to identify and quickly correct the NCS and PCs to come - Clients to prepare for difficult or relatively unsafe stimulussituaties
The material is presented on the video footage, demonstrations and exercises. The workshop is suitable for experienced and less experienced practitioners, both in the field of adults and children and youth.

Keywords: Anxiety  Fears  Phobias  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

32. Darker-Smith, S. (2008, June). Anorexia nervosa: CBT versus EMDR (A preliminary study). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In treating clients with Anorexia Nervosa, what does appear to be consistent is the general view (e.g. Waller; Treasure; Brewer) that recovery will take on average between 1 to 2 years with many clients suffering from this disorder never making a full or complete recovery. 16 clients with a previous diagnosis of anorexia nervosa and under medical supervision with a BMI of between 16.5 � 18 and still meeting criteria of Anorexia Nervosa (DSM IV) were offered either EMDR (N.10) or CBT (N. 6). No therapeutic emphasis was placed directly on food in either the CBT or the EMDR group (e.g. Fairburn). Those receiving EMDR recovered substantially quicker once the target memory precipitating the Anorexic Onset was identified. Interestingly, food intake and weight increased without needing to be targeted as a separate matter, once the �feeder-memory� had been adapted in 8 out of the 10 EMDR clients. Whilst the CBT group did improve, they continued to fluctuate in terms of active anorexic patterns of behaviour and their weight or food intake did not appear to improve significantly. Although this is only a preliminary study, the EMDR group reached �recovery� at around the 3 � 4 month mark, compared to the CBT group, who still reported phobic reactions to both body-image and food at the 4 month mark. At the initial 1- month follow-up post-study, the CBT group were still exhibiting symptoms of mental pre-occupation with diet / weight compared to the EMDR group, who had reached normal BMI ranges (N. 9) and all reported little to no pre-occupation with diet / weight. It would appear, on the basis of this preliminary study that the precipitators to the development of Anorexia respond well to EMDR treatment targeting the precipitant memory. Furthermore, 6 of the EMDR group reported using the safe-space imagery to reduce their anxieties surrounding food and this may have been a contributory factor in their recovery.

Keywords: Anorexia Nervosa  CBT  Cognitive Behavioral Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

33. Hartung, J. (2008, Novembro). Aplicações de EMDR para o desenvolvimento de recursos, melhoria de desempenho e treinamento [Applications of EMDR to resource development, performance enhancement, and coaching]. Apresentação no II Congresso Ibero-Americano de EMDR, Brasilia, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract: The traditional focus of psychotherapists (and their clients) has been on pathology and symptom reduction. Professional therapists are becoming increasingly interested in applications of psychotherapeutic principles to prevention, growth, and other examples of what is being generically called “positive psychology”. EMDR clinicians, like other psychotherapists, are seeking more positive ways to practice, both to increase the services they offer, and to redefine themselves professionally. A focus on performance enhancement and coaching are two examples of how clinicians can offer services beyond symptom reduction. A model for using EMDR in positive applications, pilot tested in several countries, will be presented and demonstrated. The EMDR phases will be reconsidered in light of this positive focus: history taking has a greater focus on solutions; the safe place will be discussed as a tool for developing more specific and relevant resources; the TICES acronym will be expanded to include behavior and the therapy relationship; and greater flexibility will be suggested between the parallel processes of desensitization (of the traumatic past) and installation (of the positive future). This last comment relies on the assumption that participants are already skilled in the use of EMDR as a preferred treatment of trauma. The model to be presented has been successfully field tested in several countries in Asia, Europe, and the Americas.

Keywords: Coaching  Performance Enhancement  Resource Development  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

34. Manfield, P., & Shapiro, F. (2003). The application of EMDR to the treatment of personality disorders. In J. F. Magnavita (Ed.), Handbook of Personality Disorders: Theory and Practice (pp. 304-330).  New York: John Wiley & Sons.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Since its inception in 1987, Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) has evolved into an integrated approach to psychotherapy that synthesizes aspects of the major psychological orientations. As such, its comprehensive treatment effects span cognitive, somatic, and affective domains (Shapiro, 2002). Although most widely used to process single or multiple incident traumatic memories, it can be used effectively to treat many conditions. In this chapter, we describe the theoretical foundations of this approach and how it is used to treat personality disorders. A fundamental principle of the Adaptive Information Processing Model is that present disturbance and dysfunctional characteristics have their origins in past events; these antecedents, whether identified or not, can be processed to an adaptive resolution using EMDR. In treating personality disorders, the EMDR approach integrates procedures from many other orientations to stabilize clients and equip them to address their source memories. The accelerated processing of disturbing memories that takes place during EMDR makes it possible for clients to address and resolve their issues relatively rapidly. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Personality Disorders  Psychotherapeutic Processes  Theories  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

35. Darker-Smith, S. (2007, June). Application of mindfulness for impulse control and self harm. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Self harm presents a risk in using EMDR with emotionally vulnerable clients, due to the dangers of their immediate behaviours. However, often these behaviours are in response to deep-seated memories linked to traumas, which with the help of EMDR could safely be processed once the impulsive and risky behaviours are controlled. Mindfulness has been utilised by the Author as a stabilisation method of reducing dissociation in clients, prior to trauma processing (CEP conference – Darker-Smith, 2005). More recently, the author has discovered that the application of mindfulness and imagery techniques work more effectively for clients with tendencies for self-harm, compared to alternative behavioural techniques designed to distract from or substitute for impulsive desires to self-harm (e.g.., the use of ice cubes or elastic bans, to create a distraction from the impulse). Two groups were studied in the process of treating co-morbid symptoms for alternative conditions with EMDR, ranging from eating disorders, anxiety disorders, and trauma, prior to EMDR processing. For clinical reasons, clients with depression, personality disorders and other Axis 2 disorders were not included in this study due to contraindications in current research relating to Mindfulness. Participants self-harming behaviours related to superficial cutting, punching, and burning. Group 1 consisted of six clients who were offered alternative behavioural techniques (e.g., elastic bands or ice cubes) to distract or substitute for the desire for self-harm. Group 2 consisted of eight clients who were offered mindfulness techniques, including imagery meditations to distract or substitute for the desire to self harm. The groups were distributed as evenly as possible and no major emphasis was placed on the treatment of self-harming behaviours, instead being placed on the major problems (anxiety, eating disorder or trauma).
The Group (1)[consisted of 6 persons:(3 with Anxiety, 3 with Eating Disorders, 1 with Trauma)] who were offered suitable behavioural techniques utilised them effectively when their distress levels were mild (between 1-4 on a 0-8 behavioural scale), however, reverted back t self harming behaviours (e.g., cutting, burning, pinching) when distress levels reached 5 or higher. The Group (2)[consisted of 8 persons: (3 with Anxiety, 4 with Eating Disorders, 1 with Trauma)] who were offered aspects of Mindfulness training to facilitate tolerance of distressing emotions and being aware of the active moment did not tend (on average) to revert back to self-harming behaviours, choosing instead to utilise mindfulness methods (such as 3-minute breathing space).
Conclusion: Mindfulness is more effective as impulse control for self-harming behaviours than behavioural alternative strategies and can be utilised as a form of stabilisation in combination with controlling impulsive behaviours, prior to EMDR.

Keywords: Impulse Control  Mindfulness  Poster  Self Harm  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

36. Forgash, C. (2008). Applying EMDR and ego state therapy in collaborative treatment. In C. Forgash and M. Copeley, (Eds.), Healing the heart of trauma and dissociation with EMDR and ego state therapy (pp. 313-341). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
This chapter will describe the application of the collaborative treatment model to clients who undergo EMDR and ego state therapy with a specialist in addition to their regular therapy. EMDR and ego state therapy specialists are uniquely positioned to assist primary therapists in resolving stalled therapies and enhancing the treatment provided by the primary therapist. We will explore in this chapter the issues that become problematic over time in a course of therapy, which clients are good candidates for collaborative EMDR and ego state treatment, how to develop an effective working relationship with the primary therapist, and how to avoid problems that may arise out of this dual relationship. A detailed case study will illustrate each step of the treatment, from the initial contact with the primary therapist through the conclusion of the adjunct therapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Collaborative Treatment  Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

37. de Jongh, A. (2000, May 6). Approaches to using EMDR for the treatment of phobias. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Utrecht, Netherlands.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop focuses on the clinical application of EMDR with specific phobias. There are a number of advantages in using EMDR for the treatment of specific phobias compared to other approaches, such as exposure in vivo. One of the most important advantages seems to be the possibility to utilize EMDR under circumstances where the critical elicitors cannot be reproduced or simulated in real life (e.g., certain sexual, illness or death situations) or, more generally, for which phobic stimuli are hard to obtain. However, unlike patients suffering with PTSD, after deconditioning of an anxiety associated with a traumatic incident, phobic individuals till have to anticipated future anxiety evoking situations. This has important implications for treatment. For example, contrary to its application with PTSD, the treatment of specific phobias with EMDR should not be concluded until clients are prepared for future interactions with (former) anxiety-eliciting stimuli or situations. This may involve acquisition of adaptive coping skills, such as mental strategies to relax or to distract oneself, and the use of exposure (in vivo) techniques. Participants of this workshop will learn when and how to apply EMDR with specific phobias and integrate this into general (cognitive-behavioral) treatment approach. This approach is illustrated by several videotaped treatments.

Keywords: Phobias  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

38. MacCulloch, M., & Barrowcliff, A. (2001, May). Are EMDR effects caused by de-arousal?. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) is increasingly being recognised as a coherent therapeutic procedure in the treatment of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) and other anxiety disorders, yet we still do not fully understand by which process or mechanisms it might work. We consider a number of models implicating orienting or investigatory reflexes as a significant contributor to the success of EMDR as a treatment method. A series of experiments were designed to test the predictions derived from these models, examining the physiological effects of eye-movements following auditory challenge compared to an eyes-stationary condition. A significant physiological de-arousal effect is observed in conditions requiring eye-movements similar to those used in the EMDR protocol. We go on to consider the implications for this de-arousal effect in the treatment of PTSD and present preliminary data from a case series designed to examine the unique contribution of EMDR when used with treatment resistant clients. A range of psychometric and psychophysiological process and outcome measures were utilised in this study, providing a detailed evaluation of change over the course of the treatment design. Specialised software was developed for use in this study, in addition to a computerised test and software is provided, along with data obtained from this test.

Keywords: De-Arousal  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

39. Zabukovec, J., & Tetreault, L. (2007, September). The art of EMDR consultation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The functions of EMDRIA Approved Consultants include the provision of consultation and supervision. While consultation is not the same as supervision, there is some overlap and legal implications, with the ultimate goal being to ensure competent treatment of clients. This workshop will address methods to examine and assess the applicants’ developmental abilities regarding quality consultation, case conceptualization skills, as well as knowledge and ability to implement the EMDR treatment model. This workshop also seeks to build upon the skills that current consultants already possess, refining and upgrading their competencies in effectively assessing applicants in the above areas.

Keywords: Consultation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

40. Bresnan, A. (2000, September 1). Ask Beth: Grandmother too important to forget. Boston, MA: The Boston Globe, Third Editon, Living, C10.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Thank you for supporting therapy in your column. I'd like to tell you about a technique I've been using with clients for almost four years. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing helps people heal from traumas and works faster than just talking, as it helps the person unload negative feelings. It is helpful with adolescents who were exposed to criticism and other forms of mental abuse at home

Keywords: Boston  General  Letter  Overview  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

41. Barker, S. B. (2000, September). Assessing clinical outcomes of therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Internatonal Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) identify at least 2 reaons to assess outcomes in therapy utilizing EMDR; 2) describe the use and intepretation of the Trauma Syndrome Inventory in assessing clinical outcomes; 3) describe the use and interpretation of the Impact of Events Scale in assessing clinical outcomes; and 4) demonstrate the appropriate use of assessment results with clients, other healthcase providers and outside agencies.

Keywords: Clinical Outcome  Impact of Events Scale  Trauma Syndrome Inventory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

42. Richman, S., & O'Connor, M. (2013, March). Attachment and trauma. Presentation at the annual workshops EMDR Association UK & Ireland and AGM, Newcastle.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Presents case studies of children and adults who have experienced early attachment disruptions that have adversely affected their development and relationships in childhood and later life. They will discuss the consequences of early attachment disruptions on relationships and learning and the ways in which the 8 phases of the EMDR protocol have to be adjusted to accommodate different attachment styles. They will discuss treatment strategies stemming from the eight-phase EMDR protocol for clients of all ages suffering from attachment disruptions, linking the effect of attachment trauma to dissociative symptoms and other developmental problems. They will also give attention to how the Adaptive Information Processing Theory addresses the impact of attachment trauma.

Keywords: Attachment  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

43. Paulsen, S. (2012, October). Attachment repair and temporal integration: EMDR for early trauma. Presentation at the 29th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Long Beach, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Progress in neuroscience reveals that attachment learning, affect dysregulation, and traumatic experience are predominantly held in the right hemisphere (Schore, 2009). Therapists can access trauma and neglect held in the right hemisphere using EMDR, somatic awareness, imaginal excursions, and the therapists mirror neuronal experience. This workshop summarizes the Early Trauma approach of EMDR (O'Shea, 2009; and its variations for the dissociative client (Paulsen, in press). Of note is a new stabilization procedure that appears to work directly on the subcortical affective circuits (Panksepp, 1998). The Early Trauma approach to EMDR processes preverbal implicit memory in sequential time periods, while attending to the nuances of somatic and affective experience as they emerge both in the clients subjective report and in the relationship field. As the infants story is told with the deciphering of these nuances, the therapy repairs developmental milestones imaginally. This enables integration from the bottom up, by time frame, called Temporal Integration (Paulsen, 2009), which contrasts with Strategic and Tactical Integration. Preliminary clinical findings are that the procedure helps repair injuries of attachment, structural dissociation, affect dysregulation and personality. The workshop will interest both EMDR and non-EMDR practitioners because of its significant implications for theory and practice Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to list a modification of the ET procedure for dissociative clients for each of the four steps. Participants will be able to list the seven hardwired subcortical affective circuits described by Panksepp. Participants will be able to name four steps of the Early Trauma procedure for non-dissociative clients.

Keywords: Attachment Repair  Early Trauma  Temporal Integration  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

44. Parnell, L. (2012). Attachment-focused EMDR a client-centered therapy for healing childhood trauma and neglect. Shreveport, LA: Summit Interactive.

Language: English

Format: Video

Abstract:
Dr. Parnell presents the five basic principles of Attachment-Focused EMDR and how they are implemented in the treatment of traumatized clients with attachment wounds"--Container

Keywords: Attachment  Container  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

45. McKelvey, A. M. (2010). Awakening the buddha within, care of the caregiver utilizing chaplaincy coaching, EMDR and positive psychology. Upaya Zen Center and Institute, 1-76.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
I began to imagine working with highly functioning and resilient individuals who were ready to move forward into the future. I worked with my coach, diligently creating a coaching business that would sustain me financially, emotionally, mentally, spiritually, and physically. I began to transform EMDR, my major source of healing, from a trauma-based modality to a modality of proactively living and breathing into the mystery of the moment. I fell in love with EMDR all over again as my clients worked with the Standard Protocol through the lens of attaining their goals and dreams. EMDR was the modality each client used to encourage the unfolding of an enhanced life while developing action steps.

Keywords: Chaplaincy Coaching  Positive Psychology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

46. Dale, S. (2010, April). Baby ache: Applications for EMDR in infertility, miscarriage, and perinatal loss. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Infertility, miscarriage, and perinatal loss can be among life’s most deeply painful experiences. Losses associated with these life events can be traumatic. For individuals and couples accessing fertility treatments, pre-existing trauma and phobias can complicate their efforts to achieve a successful pregnancy. This presentation outlines common emotional responses to infertility and reproductive loss. It reviews the role of EMDR in treatment of trauma and phobias and applies this knowledge to clients experiencing difficulty conceiving and/or maintaining a pregnancy. Case studies illustrate how EMDR has been used with this client group.

Keywords: Infertility  Miscarriage  Perinatal Loss  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

47. Stofsel, M., & Mooren, T. (2012, March). Behandeling van complex trauma: EMDR en meer hoe geef je zo’n behandeling vorm, welke valkuilen kunnen er zijn, welke plek heeft EMDR en hoe bewaak je de rode lijn bij deze vaak langdurige behandelingen? [Treatment of complex trauma: EMDR and more how do you form such a treatment, what pitfalls may exist, which place has EMDR and how do you monitor the red line in these often long-term treatments?]. Presentatie op de 6e congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Arnhem, Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Behandeling van ‘Complex trauma’ is lastig, omdat er vaak op veel verschillende levensgebieden problemen zijn. Daarbij is er sprake van een opeenstapeling van traumatische ervaringen. Dit kan leiden tot een soort schrik of terughoudendheid bij behandelaren, om complex trauma adequaat aan te pakken. In deze workshop willen wij duidelijk maken dat complex trauma goed te behandelen is, mits men de ruimte heeft om een langere behandeling aan te gaan, een therapeutische relatie (met tegenoverdrachtelijke valkuilen) aan kan gaan met cliënten met een geschokt wantrouwen in hun medemens en men niet te snel terugschrikt en mits men goed overzicht houdt over het verloop van de behandeling. Wij presenteren een model dat richting geeft aan de behandeling van complex trauma. We gaan uit van het drie-fasen model (Herman, 1992) met stabilisatie, verwerking en integratie en vullen dit aan met handvatten voor praktisch gebruik. Dit model gebruiken we om op systematische wijze de verandermogelijkheden te kunnen bepalen bij complexe traumaproblematiek. We zullen uit elke fase een of meerdere technieken demonstreren en op een rijtje zetten hoe EMDR toegepast wordt bij de behandeling van j complexe traumaproblematiek.

Treatment of 'Complex trauma is difficult, because there are often many different areas of life problems. In addition, there is an accumulation of traumatic experiences. This can lead to a kind of fear or reluctance of clinicians to adequately handle complex trauma. In this workshop we want to make clear that complex trauma can be treated well, provided they have the space for a longer treatment to enter a therapeutic relationship (with counter-transference traps) to can deal with clients with a shaken confidence in their fellow man and one not afraid to quickly and if one does good overview over the course of treatment. We present a model that gives direction to the treatment of complex trauma. We assume the three-phase model (Herman, 1992) with stabilization, processing and integration and supplement this with handles for practical use. The model we use to systematically change the options to determine in complex trauma problems. We will phase out any one or more techniques and demonstrate how this straight EMDR is used in the treatment of complex trauma problems j.

Keywords: Complex Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

48. Kiessling, R., & Kacsur, R. (2002, June). Being brief with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
While there have been many modifications of the standard EMDR protocol to address a multitude of client issues, little has been said about integrating EMDR with Brief Therapy. Many clients seeking EMDR treatment may have a specific problem needing immediate relief, or have limited time, financial resources, or insurance benefits. This workshop is designed to help the EMDR clinician adapt brief treatment strategies to the standard EMDR approach. A belief/feeling cluster focused history taking approach is combined with a narrowly focused targeting strategy that effectively addresses identified past, present and future targets. The installation phase of treatment is extended into present and future targeting strategies. This strategy not only addresses present and future issues more rapidly, but also identifies additional blocking beliefs that may require targeting in order for the client to achieve full resolution of the presenting problem.

Keywords: Brief Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

49. Gaudiano, B. A. (2004, January 4). Beware of weird, wacky psychotherapy treatments. Salt Lake City, UT: The Deseret News, All, Viewpoint, AA08.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
There's also a treatment for post-traumatic stress called Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing. Similar to techniques used in other effective treatments for this condition, EMDR therapists ask clients to review the traumatic events repeatedly in their minds until their anxiety dissipates. What makes EMDR unique is that the therapist also moves index and middle fingers rapidly from left to right in front of the client, who is asked to visually track the movement while imagining the scene. But research shows that the eye movements appear to be completely superfluous, as people who are asked to keep their eyes still while recounting the events improve just as much as those who do the eye-wiggling.

Keywords: General  Overview  Salt Lake City  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

50. Maxwell, E. (1994). Beyond deficiency motivation:  EMDR, peak experiences, and transcendence. EMDR Network Newsletter, 4(1), 6.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
When I initially heard of EMDR, I was totally uninterested. I was happy with my repertoire of skills and simply could not be bothered. However, the reports of colleagues who had the training were so exceptional I thought it was time to have a look. I still was not prepared to waste my precious hours on a training, and my way around this was to experience EMDR myself. I had genuine difficulties isolating a problem since I was at a particularly fulfilling stage of my life; however, I finally settled on a minor irritation that I was having with one of my clients. That session, plus two others, moved me very rapidly to a decision to move into private practice, to implementing that decision, and to currently experiencing a life of ease, gentle pacing, and tranquility that I had no previous vision of being possible. In fact, there has been a total life style transformation. I now work only three days a week, have time to follow the joyous explorations of my toddler for hours, am writing a novel, and am experiencing considerable relaxation of the Puritan work ethic. The starting point had been a life style I had previously perceived as fulfilling and perfectly for me.

Keywords: General  Overview  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

51. Gersons, B., & Schnyder, U. (2007, November). Beyond exposure alone: Brief eclectic psychotherapy for PTSD. Presentation at the pre-meeting for Institute of the 23rd of the International Society for Traumatic Stress, Baltimore MD.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The efficacy of psychotherapeutic and pharmacotherapeutic approaches in the treatment of PTSD can be regarded as empirically demonstrated. Overall, effect sizes seem to be higher for psychotherapy as compared with medication. Many well-controlled trials with a mixed variety of trauma survivors have demonstrated that CBT is particularly effective in treating PTSD. More specifically, exposure therapy currently is seen as the treatment modality with the strongest evidence for its efficacy. However dropout rates from studies of CBT (including EMDR) usually are around 20 percent. Up to 58 percent of patients who completed CBT are still diagnosed with PTSD at posttreatment assessment. Furthermore, only 32-66 percent of patients included achieved good end-state functioning. There is a need to have treatment protocols based on CBT which meet more the expectations of traumatized clients. The 16-sessions Brief Eclectic Protocol (BEP) originally developed for police officers with PTSD proved to be effective in two randomized controlled trials and has been accepted in the NICE-Guidelines (2005). The second trial also showed effectivity on biological data. A trial in Zurich is still running. BEP encompasses apart from a slightly different form of exposure psychoeducation at the start (with the partner present), the use of letter writing to express angry feelings, the use of memorabilia and 12 sessions for the domain of meaning, how it changes the view on the world and on the person his or herself. It is ended with a farewell ritual. The dropout rate is lower compared to the traditional CBT. In the workshop the protocol will be presented, discussed and parts of it will be trained. www.

Keywords: Brief Eclectic Psychotherapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

52. Zangwill, W. (1995, June). Beyond the basics:  Conceptual issues and advances in using EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop is designed for those comfortable with the basics of using EMDR. We shall discusses the importance of developing a conceptual framework in which to view the patient and his/her life experiences. Though any framework could potentially be used, the one we shall use is that of Jefiey Young's Schema-Focused Cognitive therapy. This workshop is too brief to go deeply into Jeff's work so let me give you some references. (Books: 1)Cognitive Therapy for Personality Disorders: A Schema Focused Appoach, Professional Resource Exchange, Sarasota, F1, (813) 366-7913 Or 2) Reinventing Your Life, Young and Klosko. Jeff can be reached at the CTC of NY (212) 717-1052). I would like to begin by presenting an overview of how I see the case conceptualization enhancing the effectiveness of EMDR. Next I want to present a case illustrating the points I am going to make. Then, for the remaining two thirds of the presentation, I would like us to share our experiences of cases using either this or your own framework. Why conceptualize the case? Why not just treat the trauma directly? Because I assume that it is the interaction of the events a person has experienced and the way in which they have interpreted, experienced and stored them that is most important in determining the amount and kind of pain that remains. If you took a group of 100 people who had been in serious accidents, were assaulted, etc. They will not all respond the same to the experience. Thus, I think that it is vitally important to "map" each patient's own idiosyncratic set of vulnerabilities, his/her schemas or life themes. One of the ways I do that is by attempting to combine all of the information that I obtain in the first few sessions. This would include history taking, any paper and pencil measures I use, e.g., Lazarus' Multimodal Life History Questionnaire (Research Press, Champagne, IL.); Young's Schema Questionnaire (Jeffrey Young, Cognitive Therapy Center of New York), and my experience of the client in session. My assumption is that we all have specific vulnerabilities. In Young's system such issues as Emotional Deprivation - the feeling that we shall never receive the kind of caring we need - Abandonment, Mistrust/Abuse, Defectives, Vulnerability, Subjugation, Entitlement, etc., are assumed to be organizing themes around which memories and experiences are stored. (Use 'Types of Fruit' metaphor here.) Once you have identified these underlying vulnerabilities and life themes, educating patients as to the role of these early maladaptive schemas in their present life difficulties is quite usefull in a variety of ways. First, is its explanatory power. One of the problems clients often present is the pain of the event itself their subsequent reactions. How many of us have heard from our clients variations on the theme of "What's wrong with me that this is still bothering me? It happened years ago; how come I'm still overreacting?" Explaining that often the event was/is so painful because it taps into a whole series of memories (the childhood file folders that Francine talks about in Level I), frequently increases clients' ability to understand their emotional reactions and reduces their tendency to blame themselves. Second, it alerts you and the client to look for other examples in the past that might be thematically connected and to be aware of situations in the future that might be troublesome. For example, imagine a client who suffered a tremendous loss as a chlld through the death of a parent, divorce, etc. Through your interviews and data collection, you realize that the issue of abandonment is a very pow& for them. Naturally, you would want to use EMDR to clean out any past experiences connected to abandonment. However, you should anticipate that situations involving future separation will need to be addressed. How will they react when their spouse goes on a business trip? The conceptualization around this theme alerts you and the client to be aware of these issues. Also, it can be very helpfull in your couples work. Take the example of the spouse that gets upset about over his wife's upcoming business trip. (Knowing that sometimes the upset shows itself prior to the trip and sometimes it is only after they return that the spouse feels punished). Without knowledge of these underlying schemas and life themes, the wife might interpret the husband's upset as a result of jealousy at her success, fear of her growth, and as being a part of his controlling nature. With these interpretations, her anger and frustration would be understandable. How differently might she respond if she saw his difficulty in her leaving as reflecting his fear of losing her and being abandoned once again. Might this interpretation allow both of them to respond in ways helpful to the relationship? With this brief background, let me present a case and show you how these issues fit together and how by conceptualizing the case accurately I was able to provide better treatment. After if I finish this presentation, I want to open the floor to your comments and questions. I would then like to propose that we take the remaining time for you to present your own cases that illustrate either the usefulness of the conceptualization you did or the problems you ran into when you didn't. Case # 1 Case discussion. Case presentations and discussion by participants.

Keywords: Conceptual Issues  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

53. Litt, B. (2011, April-May). Beyond trauma resolution: EMDR and the growth of the relational self. Presentation at the EMDR Canada Workshop in Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will explore family dynamics contributing to ego fragmentation and interlocking ego state conflict in individual and couples therapy. Participants will learn a model for EMDR-based assessment and treatment planning, describe ego state manifestations in couples conflict and learn to manage ego states in the desensitization phase of processing.
In Part One, participants will learn about the relationship between family dynamics and ego structure, reenactments from the family of origin, and the manifestations of ego state conflict in individual and conjoint therapy. In Part Two, participants will learn a model for EMDR-based assessment and treatment planning using contextual family therapy, the indications and contraindications of conjoint EMDR, a model of the Self that zeroes in on the salient negative cognitions being triggered, and learn a progression of techniques to control and focus desensitization within the optimal zone of arousal. This interactive workshop will include videotape and didactic material designed to facilitate a deeper understanding of this exciting new integrative model. For individual, couples, and family therapists.
Learning Objectives: •Individual and conjoint therapists will sharpen their diagnostic skills by learning to assess intergenerational patterns that contribute to ego fragmentation in their clients. •Couples therapists will use knowledge gained to evaluate repetition compulsions or reenactments in their client couples. •Individual and conjoint therapists will learn to deconstruct reenactments to identify negative cognitions preparatory to doing EMDR. •Conjoint therapists will assess for indications and contraindications for conducting conjoint EMDR sessions with client couples. •Therapists will be able to rapidly assess negative cognitions using a new typology of Domains of the Self. •EMDR therapists will be able to employ a model of the zone of optimal processing for efficient and safe desensitization. •EMDR therapists will be able to use a variety of techniques for maintaining their clients within the zone of optimal processing.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

54. Laliotis, D. (2010, March). Beyond trauma: Part I and II - EMDR as a broad-based psychotherapy. Presentation at the Psychotherapy Networker Symposium, Washington, DC.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
While EMDR is widely used as a highly effective treatment for PTSD based on neutralizing past memories of trauma, few therapists recognize how powerful a tool it can be in helping clients reprocess difficult experiences - traumatic or not - that impede their client's ability to move forward with their lives. In this workshop, you'll be introduced to an eight-phase information-processing model of EMDR for helping clients identify and reprocess significant childhood experiences and chronic patterns or themes that shadow their lives, hinder their emotional growth, and limit their ability to fully express their own identity. You'll learn a practical clinical procedure for identifying the predominant themes in clients' lives that underlie their current difficulties and freeing the, from attitudes that limits a fuller, more flexible experience of self.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

55. Laliotis, D. (2008, December). Beyond trauma: EMDR for everyday issues. Presentation at the National Institute for the Clinical Application of Behavioral Medicine Annual Conference, Hilton Head, SC.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Twenty years ago, Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) began as a clinical technique used to help clients reprocess major traumatic experiences. Since then, EMDR has developed into a comprehensive psychotherapy approach which is also being used to treat low self-esteem, relationship difficulties, and performance issues not connected to major trauma but rather to early experiences that have not been adequately processed and integrated by the brain. This workshop is an introduction to the Eight-Phase Model of EMDR with an emphasis on how these early memories are powerful contributors to a person's current difficulties. Participants will learn through direct experience how present triggers can activate these earlier associations that inform our feelings, thoughts and behaviors. Through lecture, discussion, and videotape of actual cases, participants will gain an appreciation of EMDR as a comprehensive treatment approach and learn how it can be applied to a broad range of clinical issues with lasting results.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

56. Laliotis, D. (2010, April/May). Beyond trauma: Rebuilding the self with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients who present with life-long relationship problems and serious self-esteem issues often have pervasive developmental deficits that manifest as attachment and/or character disorders. While EMDR is an efficient treatment, addressing the early life experiences that contribute to a client’s ongoing difficulties is more than just reprocessing the nodal events of childhood; it is about generating corrective experiences of self in relationship with others. Participants will learn how to use EMDR to facilitate the uncoupling of negative core beliefs and core affects from positive, more adaptive aspects of self that have been depressed, dissociated, or otherwise undeveloped. To this end, clinicians will learn how to actively utilize the client’s emergent experience of self within the context of EMDR processing using an expanded repertoire of cognitive interweave strategies. Materials will be presented through lecture and videotape of actual continuous clinical cases as well as a large group discussion format in which participants will be able to discuss their own cases with the presenter. (All Levels)

Keywords: Rebuilding Self  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

57. Schulherr, S. (2003, September). The binge cycle meets EMDR:  Bridging the gap. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The "binge cycle" refers to the repetitive oscillation between binging and restrictive eating typical of binge eating disorder. Workshop participants will be enabled to identify and relate under-explored phases of the cycle. They will learn how to use a simple information-gathering tool to quickly enter the client's symptomatic work, make apparent the "inner logic" driving cyclic behaviors and, based on this, engage the client in the therapeutic work ahead. I will then demonstrate how this information can be used to devise an EMDR-based treatment plan and integrate it with various existing models for EMDR with E.D. clients.

Keywords: Binging  Binge Cycle  Eating Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

58. Offen, L., Walker, R., & Freeman, A. (2008, August). Birmingham psychotherapy service for people with ID: 8 years on. In Symposium: EMDR therapy and psychotherapy and ID presented at the 13th World Congress of the International Association for the Scientific Study of Intellectual Disabilities, Cape Town, South Africa.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Aim: This study aimed to generate descriptive data relating to Birmingham Psychotherapy Services for People with Intellectual Disabilities in order to: a) Provide an understanding of the key characteristics of clients using the service. b) Identify those clients who find it difficult to engage with the service in order to introduce measures to improve its accessibility. c) Identify gaps in the information collected to date so that information gathering mechanisms can be improved. d) Provide a platform from which appropriate outcome measures for the service can be examined. Method: Data was collected by use of a proforma from client files. A selected sample of 141 files was analysed and the results collated. Results: Data pertaining to the above was analysed and the results recorded. Conclusions: A clearer profile of the clients using the service was developed that facilitated a change in clinical focus and the implementation of key changes in service delivery. This has led to a greater emphasis on the use of groups and on the development of more accessible information.

Keywords: Adolescents  Adults  Children  ID  Intellectual Disabilities  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

59. Klaus, P. (2007, June). Birth trauma: Causes, effects, methods to heal with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clinicians will gain an understanding of the types of events that create psychological and physiological distress and trauma both at birth and afterward. Many conditions have their origin during this early period where generational messages as well as traumatic events surrounding birth and the early period of life can have negative effects. Participants will learn methods to work within the infant mind/body memory to retrieve early trauma and the subsequent events that reinforced it as well as facilitate healing through the life path of the individual. Clinicians can benefit by recognizing the elements that influence these situations, and with EMDR and other adjunctive techniques learn to resolve these very early experiences to help clients reach a higher level of adaptation for health. Objectives: 1.Identify the characteristics of traumatic or negative birth experiences. 2.Recognize the risk factors that affect the birth and can be projected onto the infant. 3.Identify the effects of early trauma on parent-infant relationships, bonding, the marital relationship, and on the infant. 4.Learn about long-term psychological and somatic sequelae of perinatal trauma on the adult individual. 5.Describe, demonstrate, and practice psychotherapeutic methods with EMDR to help resolve and heal these experiences.

Keywords: Birth Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

60. Spector. J. (2003, February). Blocked processing. The EMDR Practitioner. Retrieved from http://www.emdr-practitioner.net on 12/27/2008.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
When EMDR goes at it is suppose to, there is no psychotherapeutic procedure as remarkable, effective, and efficient for the treatment of trauma based disturbance and especially PTSD. However, as with all psychotherapy, things do not always go according to plan and as we might expect. Clients bring a whole range of personality and relationship issues into therapy that can make progress problematic as well, of course, as different degrees of disturbance and psychopathology with the most long standing difficulties and deeper disturbance causing the greatest problems.

Keywords: Blocked Processing  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

61. Fisher, J. (2007, September 29). The body as a shared whole: Somatic interventions for working with trauma and dissociation. Presentation at the Quarterly Meeting Program of The New England Society for the Treatment of Trauma and Dissociation.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
To stabilize overwhelming symptoms, integrate memories, and overcome the terror of intimacy, traumatized clients must establish sufficient safety in the body that they do not continue to recreate the unsafe world of childhood. Otherwise, the “child in the nightmare” from decades ago remains lost in time, demoralized by internal critics and terrified by the threats of hypervigilant internal protectors. Because the body is the container for all past and present experience and for all parts of the self, somatically oriented approaches can address the intense and often baffling reactions of these patients in a way that is both simple and effective. This workshop will demonstrate bodyoriented interventions for working with traumatized and dissociative patients drawn from Sensorimotor Psychotherapy and easily integrated into EMDR, IFS, and traditional talking therapies. Through the use of lecture, videotape, and demonstration, participants will have the opportunity to observe somatically informed solutions to a number of common clinical challenges encountered in trauma treatment. Capitalizing on recent advances in the research on attachment and trauma, the workshop will also provide a context for understanding how to use the therapeutic relationship to provide a safe “container” for both patient and therapist in the challenging work of trauma treatment.

Keywords: Dissociation  Somatic Interventions  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

62. Rothschild, B. (2003). The body remembers casebook: Unifying methods and models in the treatment of trauma and PTSD (1st ed). New York: W.W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
This is the first book of its kind to advocate utilizing and combining an assortment of trauma treatment models. Based on ideas put forward in the bestselling The Body Remembers, Babette Rothschild emphasizes the importance of tailoring every trauma therapy to the particular needs of each individual client. A breath of fresh air in the competitive "mine is best" atmosphere currently so divisive in the field of trauma therapy, each varied and complex case (presented in a variety of writing styles: case reports, session-by-session narratives, single session transcripts) is approached with a combination of methods ranging from traditional psychodynamic approaches and applications of attachment theory to innovative trauma methods including EMDR and Levine's SIBAM model. Read on its own on or in conjunction with The Body Remembers, clinicians from all disciplines will discover new strategies and gain insight into how to combine various treatment models for increased success with traumatized clients.

Keywords: Body  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

63. Watson, C., Davis, R., & Heimonen, T. (2010, September/October). Bridging the gap between clinical practice and research with EMDR. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is a trauma treatment with origins date back to 1987 by its founder Francine Shapiro. EMDR is based on an information-processing model and is being used to treat traumatic symptoms. Clinicians in many types of clinical settings worldwide employ EMDR for a board range of treatment issues including grief, depression, anxiety, physical and sexual abuse. Although there is evidence that EMDR is effective in treatment of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder, more research needs to be done in clinical practice settings to contribute to the much needed research base about effective of EMDR with other issues.
Therapists working with trauma are often dealing with high caseloads and administrative requirements of the agencies that they work with. The clinicians involved in this research have observed that there have been some encouraging developments in their community which have served to build bridges for clinicians to increase their confidence in the world of research. In 2007, an intiative called Research Skills Development Program offering mentoring in research skills development was offered in association with Lakehead University and Northern Ontario School of Medicine, Ontario, Canada.
Completion of this 1-year program proved to be the first step in make the transition from clinician to researcher. From there, partnerships were formed within the agency and community. With the support of our agency, researchers were able to gain access to testing and computer software that made data collection and data anaylsis possible with least disruption to our clinical services.
The clinicians were encouraged by previous results from our first study in 2007 (n=6) to continue systematic data collection with more clients (n=6). Approval for this recent study was received by the Ethics Committee of St. Joseph's Care Group.

Keywords: Poster  Practice  Research  Research Skills Development Program  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

64. Borstein, S. S. (2009). Brief adjunctive EMDR. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(3), 198-204. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.3.198.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Question: How can I provide brief adjunctive EMDR as a consultation service to other therapists’ clients? ANSWER FROM SUZANNE S. BORSTEIN: Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) has been demonstrated to be an effective treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), and its application to other psychological problems has been documented as well (Maxfi eld, 2007). As the effectiveness of EMDR is increasingly documented not only in the professional literature but also in the popular press, therapists and clients alike have become curious about whether EMDR might be helpful in their work. [Excerpt]

Keywords: Brief Adjunctive  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

65. Borstein, S. S. (2008, September). Brief adjunctive EMDR: How to work collaboratively and quickly with referrals for EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Many of us have been asked to provide some EMDR to a colleague’s client. How do we decide whether to accept such a referral, define our role, and conceptualize the work? This workshop presents a model of brief adjunctive EMDR consultation, a focused application of standard EMDR therapy, provided by the EMDR consultant to clients in collaboration with their referring therapist. The workshop offers guidelines for identifying appropriate referrals and for maintaining a collaborative stance with referring therapists. Ethical issues and potential pitfalls will be discussed. Small group activities and handouts will help participants to implement the model.

Keywords: Adjunctive Therapy  Referrals  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

66. Borstein, S. (2011, August). Brief adjunctive EMDR: How to work collaboratively and quickly with referrals for EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Non-EMDR-trained clinicians sometimes ask if “a little EMDR” might help their clients. This workshop presents a specific model of Brief Adjunctive EMDR that can accelerate progress in traditional therapy, help the client and the primary therapist to clarify stuck points, and enrich ongoing work. Screening criteria are offered and potential pitfalls are outlined, along with ways to prevent or resolve these problems. An active collaborative relationship with the referring therapist is essential in this model; ways to develop collaboration are discussed. Participants will receive sample forms to educate prospective clients, inform referring therapists, guide case conceptualization, and measure treatment outcomes.

Keywords: Brief Adjunctive Therapy  Referrals  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

67. Borstein, S. S. (2006, September). Brief adjunctive EMDR: A collaborative consultation model. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Non-EMDR trained clinicians sometimes ask if "a little EMDR" might help some of their clients. When painful feelings about a single incident continue to intrude or interfere with otherwise productive psychotherapy, a short trial of EMDR may indeed resolve the impasse. By narrowly targeting specific traumatic memories or intrusive material, adjunctive EMDR can accelerate progress in traditional therapy, help the client and the primary therapist to clarify stuck points, and enrich the ongoing work. This workshop will describe a model of brief adjunctive EMDR consultation, a focused application of standard EMDR therapy, provided by the EMDR consultant to clients in collaboration with their referring therapist. In this model, adjunctive EMDR does not replace or intempt ongoing therapy. It is complementary to the primary therapy relationship. The workshop will include guidelines for identifying appropriate referrals and for maintaining a collaborative stance with referring therapists. Ethical issues will be addressed, and potential pitfalls will be discussed. The presenter will describe a pilot study of this model, including qualitative and quantitative measures of outcome.

Keywords: Consultation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

68. Emard, P. (1995, June). A brief look at MRI brief therapy. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The MRI approach to brief therapy originated out of the serendipitous coming together of several incredibly creative minds that resulted in a form of psychotherapy in which the major goal was to make psychotherapy more efficient and more effective. It evolved out of research project on communication begun by anthropologist Gregory Bateson that soon involved the work of hypnotherapist Milton H. Erickson and psychiatrist Don Jackson. John Weakland, Jay Haley, Paul Watzlawick and Richard Fisch began to publish the ideas that resulted fiom the early research findings and in doing so developed a particular set of assumptions about the formation and resolution of human problems that differed significantly from traditional treatment models of the time. Further refinements through the clinical application of these methods resulted in a model of treatment that was a pioneer of the brief psychotherapy movement. It is based on a non-normative and non-pathological way of viewing people with problems; it looks at people in the context of their living situations; it resists the idea of client resistance, it places great emphasis on the use of language; and it seeks to amplify client assets and resources and minimize client liabilities and shortcomings. Brief therapists assume a willingness to be an active change agent for the benefit of their clients. They accept responsibility for creating an atmosphere of respect, patience, and creativity in which clients can find alternative ways to think and behave. They believe they have a set of tasks to perform that will hopefully result in the resolution or, as a minimum, the diminishment of the problem situation for which the client originally sought help. These tasks consist of a combination of ways of thinking and acting that are designed to increase the likelihood that the client will experience relief from a painful problem. One of the main tasks for a brief therapist is to find ways to construe the problems presented by the client so that a solution can be found. Brief therapists inquire into the interactional systemic aspects of a problem, the context or environment in which the problem occurs, the people involved in the problematic situation, and the ways the client has attempted to resolve the problem thus far. Another very important task is to identify and gain access to the persons who are the most interested in and willing to work toward changing the problem situation. The idea here is to spend the bulk of the therapeutic time and effort working with the person who is most invested in the change process. Brief therapists find ways to appeal to this person's values and belief systems so that (s)he will engage in activities and/or alter her/his behavior in ways that are likely to change the problem situation. A third task on which brief therapists concentrate is the establishment of clear, concrete, and doable goals of treatment. They collaborate with the client to determine what the client hopes to gain from treatment and when the client will know she is ready to handle life on his/her own, this assumes an emphasis on the client's present and the possibilities for the client's future rather than his/her past. The fourth task brief therapists focus on is the development of ways of intervening in the way the presenting problem is being handled in the present time. This is based on the central assumption that one of the main goals of psychotherapy is to induce clients to change the way a problem is handled. Such intervening is the result of thoughtful and careful consideration of many factors surrounding the problem situation and involves the use of a variety of skills. A final task for the brief therapist is to find ways to remove him/herself from the client's life in such a way that the client has faith in her/his own ability to function effectively without the therapist. This treatment model offers clinicians an opportunity to work in positive, goal-directed ways that clients find helpful and therapists find challenging and satisfying. It calls upon clinicians to develop keen observation skills, the ability to see things fiom a variety of perspectives, and an appreciation for the vast resources clients bring with them to therapy. While it is a simple model of treatment, it is by no means an easy one to master. It requires clinicians to step outside their usual frames of reference in the pursuit of creative solutions to difficult human problems. It rewards them with a greater sense of accomplishment and increased client satisfaction. In the ever-changing world of mental health, this is no small achievement.

Keywords: MRI Brief Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

69. Shapiro, F. (1999). Brief therapy inside out: EMDR - Working with grief. Phoenix, AZ: Zeig, Tucker & Theisen Inc. Publishers.

Language: English

Format: Video

Abstract:
Sit in on therapy with the masters! This video is part of the innovative "Brief Therapy Inside Out" series - a unique series that puts you directly in the therapy room to watch as leading therapists demonstrate their approaches in 45-minute, unrehearsed clinical sessions with real clients (not actors). EMDR founder Francine Shapiro has trained over 30,000 clinicians worldwide in her unique approach to the treatment of trauma. Known formally as Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, EMDR has been used successfully in critical incident work with victims of such tragedies as the Oklahoma City bombing, with both single-incident rape and incest survivors, with survivors of chronic abuse, even with treatment-resistant Vietnam vets. Here, Shapiro illustrates her eight-phase EMDR protocol with Angie, a recovering addict struggling with the sudden loss of her lover. While the exact neural mechanisms underlying EMDR are still not precisely understood, what is clear is that with skilled use of this potent reprocessing treatment, painful experiences that used to take months or years to treat have been resolved in as few as one to three 90-minute sessions. The videotape provides a singular introduction to this powerful approach as demonstrated by its extremely skilled founder. The clinical session is preceded by an introductory interview with series hosts Drs. Jon Carlson and Diane Kjos in which Shapiro explains basic principles underlying her approach. The video closes with a Q&A segment in which key interactions from the eight-phase treatment protocol are replayed and discussed. 95 minutes.

Keywords: Grief  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

70. Korn, D., Rozelle D., & Weir, J. (2005, June). Bringing EMDR research into practice. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Determining Readiness for EMDR Trauma Processing: • Neither diagnosis nor trauma history determine readiness for trauma processing or response to treatment • Though studies often exclude subjects with suicidal ideation, dissociation or substance abuse, EMDR may be used with these clients if other readiness criteria (e.g., affect tolerance, coping skills, safe embodiment) are met • Key point - Capacity to tolerate and modulate arousal v. absolute level of arousal [Excerpt]

Keywords: Practice  Research  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

71. Gauvreau, P. (2012, April). Ça bloque! Ça boucle! (looping)! Que faire? [It freezes! This loop! (looping)! What to do?]. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
S’inspirant à la fois du modèle de traitement adaptatif de l’information/protocole EMDR et de notions en dissociation structurelle, des stratégies pour gérer les blocages au retraitement et les boucles seront présentées. Nous aborderons les stratégies avec ou sans tissage cognitif à l’aide d’exemples cliniques. Également, des stratégies faisant appel aux états du moi seront abordées dans des cas plus complexes de blocages au retraitement.
Objectifs d’apprentissage: 1. Identifier les clients qui sous ou sur-accèdent au matériel et les stratégies à mettre en place 2. Reconnaître quand le retraitement est bloqué ou quand il y a présence de boucles et choisir des stratégies à mettre en place 3.Connaître des stratégies sans tissage 4.Connaître des stratégies avec tissage 5.Connaître quelques stratégies faisant appel aux états du moi – dissociation structurelle.

Inspired by both the model adaptive processing of information / EMDR protocol and concepts in structural dissociation, strategies to handle deadlocks reprocessing and loops will be presented. We will discuss strategies with or without cognitive weaving using clinical examples. Also, strategies involving the ego states will be addressed in more complex cases of blockages reprocessing.
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify customers who underexposed or access the materials and strategies to implement 2. Recognize when the restatement is blocked or when there is presence of loops and choose strategies to implement strategies without 3.Connaître 4.Connaître weaving weaving 5.Connaître strategies with some strategies to use ego states - structural dissociation.

Keywords: Interweaves  Looping  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

72. Gaudiano, B. A. (2004 January 4). Can be depressing. Monterey County, CA: The Monterey County Herald, Commentary, F1.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
There's also a treatment for post-traumatic stress called Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing. Similar to techniques used in other effective treatments for this condition, EMDR therapists ask clients to review the traumatic events repeatedly in their minds until their anxiety dissipates. What makes EMDR unique is that the therapist also moves index and middle fingers rapidly from left to right in front of the client, who is asked to visually track the movement while imagining the scene. But research shows that the eye movements appear to be completely superfluous, as people who are asked to keep their eyes still while recounting the events improve just as much as those who do the eye-wiggling.

Keywords: General  Monterey County  Overview  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

73. Spector, J., & Kremer, S. (2009). Can I use EMDR with clients who report suicidal ideation?. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(2), 107-108. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.2.107.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
No abstract available.

Keywords: Risk Assessment  Suicide Ideation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

74. Naccarato, C. (2001, December). The capsule adventure. EMDRIA Newsletter, 6(Special Edition), 12-14.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
In EMDR, a client often cannot seem to move forward in processing a particular memory or scene, and continued attempts seem to worsen the client’s physical response, causing pain or other discomfort. This is a potentially damaging situation in that the discomfort may remain, the memory may not get processed to resolution, and the client may develop a negative view of EMDR and of therapy. Some years ago, I developed a low-risk imaginal invasive technique to encourage clients to explore what was happening in, and to, their bodies, I call it the “Capsule Adventure.” Having used this intervention more than 50 times, I have found it to be a reliable way of resolving this type of impasse and moving the session forward.

Keywords: Capsule Adventure  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

75. Greenwald, R. (2007, September). Case conceptualization and treatment planning for EMDR therapists. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Want to do more/better EMDR? Trauma-informed case foundation and treatment planning enable the therapist to systematically pursue treatment activities that help the client: a) understand why trauma resolution is important; b) have the motivation to do it; and c) develop the coping skills and affect tolerance for successful EMDR. Participants will practice structured methods to understand a client from a trauma perspective and to apply the trauma-informed treatment framework to one of their own cases. Data documenting these methods’ effectiveness will be presented, including reduced therapist distress, increased empathy and confidence, and improved behaviors with challenging clients.

Keywords: Case Conceptualization  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

76. Greenwald, R. (2007, June). Case conceptualization for EMDR therapists. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will present a phase model of trauma-informed treatment that is consistent with the EMDR protocol and that clearly specifies how to go step by step towards EMDR. Participants will have practice analyzing a case from the trauma perspective, developing a structured case conceptualization and explaining this to clients, developing a structure treatment plan, and applying this model to their own cases. Case conceptualization has been widely identified as a skill in need of further development within the EMDR community; and developing a shared understanding and treatment plan has been identified as among "common factors" of effective therapy. This method of teaching case conpetualization and treatment planning has been documented to lead to improved participant attitudes and behaviors towards their challenging clients.

Keywords: Case Conceptualization  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

77. Seubert, A. (2009, November). The case of mistaken identity: Ego states and EMDR in the treatment of eating disorders. Workshop presentation at the 19th annual Renfrew Center Foundation Conference, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
An eating disorder typically hides dissociated trauma, which can be a major obstacle to successful treatment. This workshop uses video clips and case reviews to illustrate an EMDR trauma-informed phase model and ego state therapy for the treatment of dissociation and trauma in eating disorder clients.

Keywords: Dissociation  Eating Disorders  Ego State Therapy  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: No

78. Seubert, A. (2010, June). The case of mistaken identity: EMDR, attachment and ego states in the treatment of eating disorders. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Attachment and Ego States in the treatment of eating disorders is a 120 minute program, which introduces participants to 1. the kind of history taking, medical attention and goal establishment unique to clients with eating disorders, 2, the extensive preparation, which includes emotional expertise and somatic awareness, 3. the inevitable presence of dissociation and the use of ego state therapy to access the source of the eating disordered addiction, 4, the need for attachment repair and 5, slight modifications to trauma processing given emotional fragility and the tendency to return to the disorder. even after extensive preparation. The modifications entail A. a return to attachment/reparenting work, even during phases 3-6, a5 a way to 'pendulate' between the traumata and resources, B. the use of dissociation strategies, e.g., having the eating disordered part look through the eyes with the client, and C. titrating the target memories. THE CASE OF MISTAKEN IDENTITY employs an EMDR phase model, which includes an evaluation phase, focusing on medical safety, case formulation and mutual goal creation. In the preparation phase, participants will learn a4-step method of teaching emotional competence, and the use of ego state therapy to free the self from identity with the disordered part&), and strategies for attachment repair. Preparation and Processing phases both require body awareness and acceptance, as well as the ability to titrate released disturbance and re-stabilize (Re-evaluation) after EMDR application to touchstone events. Video clips, case studies and case reviews will reinforce learning. Learning objectives: 1 Participants will describe the trauma-based purpose for dissociation in eating disorders, 2 will describe the practice of awareness and four steps to emotional competence. 3. will name two ego-state strategies methods in identifying and collaborating with ego states, 4. two attachment repair methods, and 5. describe two minor adaptations to the processing phase. WHAT IS NEW: Eating disorder treatment often recognizes, but rarely offers treatment solutions, to the traumatic origins of an eating disorder. This fact, coupled with a lack of awareness of the role of attachment injury and dissociation, renders many of the contemporary approaches to eating disorder treatment incomplete and often ineffective.

Keywords: Attachment, Eating Disorders  Ego States  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

79. Seubert, A. (2010, April/May). The case of mistaken identity: EMDR, ego states and attachment in the treatment of eating disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In this workshop the presenter explores the presence of dissociation in clients with eating disorders, particularly anorexia nervosa. The approach described employs an EMDR phase model, with expanded evaluation and preparation phases. The extended preparation discussed includes a 4-step method of teaching emotional competence, an introduction to body awareness, and the use of ego state therapy with the disordered part(s). Processing typically requires attachment repair, as well as the ability to titrate released disturbance and re-stabilize after EMDR application to touchstone events. Video clips, case studies and case reviews will reinforce learning.

Keywords: Attachment  Eating Disorders  Ego States  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

80. Seubert, A. (2009, August). The case of mistaken identity: EMDR, ego-states and eating disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop explores the presence of dissociation in clients with eating disorders, particularly anorexia nervosa. The approach employs an EMDR phase model, expanding the evaluation and preparation phases. Preparation presents a 4-step method of teaching emotional competence, as well as the use of Ego-State Therapy with the disordered part(s). Processing requires body awareness, as well as the ability to titrate released disturbance and re-stabilize after EMDR application to touchstone events. Video clips, case studies and case reviews will reinforce learning.

Keywords: Eating Disorders  Ego States  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

81. Bodian, S. (1995). A case of past-life interweave. EMDR Network Newsletter, 5(2), 3-4.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Although I spent 10 years as a Buddhist monk and meditation teacher before becoming a therapist, I have always considered myself an agnostic on the issue of reincarnation. So it was much to my surprise, and without any prompting on my Part, that one of my clients recently had a past-life experience during an EMDR session and then spontaneously wove the experience into the reprocessing of a childhood memory.

Keywords: Past Life Interweave  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

82. Krohn, D., & Whisman, M. (1999, April 29 - May 1). A case study examining the effects of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) therapy on clients diagnosed with panic disorder. Presentation at the Midwestern Psychological Association, Fort Wayne, IN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
No abstract available.

Keywords: Clients  Panic Disorder  

Accuracy Verified: No

83. van Trier, J. (2009). Casus 3 – Speelbal van…mijn emoties: Een eetstoornis na een verkrachting op lbiza: een onverwachte wending [Case 3 - Plaything of my emotions ...: An eating disorder after a rape at lbiza: An unexpected turn in the treatment]. In H. K. Hornsveld & S. Berendsen (Eds.), Casusboek EMDR, 25 voorbeelden uit de praktij (1st Ed.), (pp. 75-84.) Houten: Bohn Stafleu Van Loghum. doi:10.1007/978-90-313-7358-1_7.

Language: Dutch

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Caroline is 23 jaar als ze zich op onze afdeling Eetstoornissen aanmeldt. Ze heeft dan sinds een jaar last van vreetbuien en braken en is 10 kilo aangekomen. Ze wil geholpen worden voor haar eetstoornis. Bij de intake vertelt ze dat de eetstoornis begonnen is nadat ze met een vriendin op vakantie was geweest naar Ibiza. Ze is daar verkracht. Sindsdien heeft ze in toenemende mate concentratieproblemen, herbelevingen en nachtmerries. Na een nachtmerrie wordt ze wakker en moet ze braken. Ze ontwikkelt eetbuien en meldt zich aan bij een psychotherapeut. De eetstoornis wordt echter gecompliceerd door suikerziekte. Door het onregelmatige eetpatroon raakt de suikerziekte ontregeld en is een klinische behandeling in ons ziekenhuis nodig. Op het moment van aanmelding heeft ze vrijwel dagelijks eetbuien, die ze naderhand weer probeert te compenseren met zelf opgewekt braken. Ze heeft – in tegenstelling tot veel andere eetstoorniscliënten – niet een reeds lang bestaande negatieve lichaamsbeleving. Wel is ze negatief over haar lichaam sinds de verkrachting en de 10 kg die zij sindsdien is aangekomen. Omdat ze niet meer in staat is haar werkzaamheden als verkoopster in een kledingzaak uit te voeren en suikerziekte heeft, wordt Caroline toegelaten tot het intensieve eetstoornisprogramma (dat wil zeggen vijf dagen per week, gedurende ongeveer vier maanden).

Caroline is 23 years when they log on Eating Disorders in our department. She has been one year suffer from binge eating and vomiting and 10 kilos. She wants help for her eating disorder. At the intake tells them that the eating disorder began after a friend had been on holiday to Ibiza. She was raped there. Since then she has increasingly difficulty concentrating, flashbacks and nightmares. After a nightmare and she wakes up she has vomiting. It develops bingeing and logging on to a psychotherapist. However, the eating disorder is complicated by diabetes. By the irregular eating habits hits the diabetes is a disorganized and clinical treatment in our hospital required. At the time of registration she has almost daily binge, which they subsequently re trying to compensate with self-induced vomiting. She - unlike many other eating disorder clients - not a long-standing negative body image. However, they are negative about her body since the rape and 10 kg it has since arrived. Because they are no longer able to fulfill its work as a saleswoman in a clothing store to perform and diabetes, Caroline is admitted to the intensive eating disorder program (ie, five days a week for about four months).

Keywords: Eating Disorders  Rape  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

84. Hornsveld, H. K., & Berendsen, S. A. (2009). Casusboek EMDR, 25 voorbeelden uit de praktijk [EMDR book case, 25 examples from practice]. Uitgeverij, Belgium: Bohn Stafleu Van Loghum.

Language: Dutch

Format: Book

Abstract:
Ongeveer twintig jaar geleden, werd EMDR (Eye Movement Desensibilisatie and Reprocessing) ontwikkeld als een vorm van Post Traumatische Stress Stoornissen (PTSS). Na aanvankelijke scepsis is opgenomen in EMDR (inter) nationale richtlijnen voor de behandeling van PTSS en is ook in vele andere klachten van de aanvragen. In zaak Boek EMDR therapeuten beschrijven 25 Nederlandse aansprekende voorbeelden uit hun praktijk die ze met succes gebruikt EMDR. Zo geven ze de lezer een kijkje in de keuken van hun praktijk en neemt een deel van het mysterie rond deze behandeling optie weg. De ervaringen van de cliënten beschreven tonen niet alleen de effectiviteit van EMDR, maar ook de efficiëntie van deze vorm van therapie.

Approximately twenty years ago, EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing) was developed as a form of Post Traumatic Stress Disorders (PTSD). After initial skepticism has been included in EMDR (inter) national guidelines for the treatment of PTSD and is also in many other complaints of applications. In Case Book EMDR therapists describe 25 Dutch appealing examples from their practice which they successfully used EMDR. Thus they give the reader a glimpse into the kitchen of their practice and take some of the mystery surrounding this treatment option away. The experiences of the clients described not only show the effectiveness of EMDR, but also the efficiency of this form of therapy.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

85. Burns, M. (2009, March). The challenges of using EMDR with refugee and asylum seeking children/adolescents. Symposium conducted the 7th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, Manchester, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This paper discusses the use of EMDR with refugee and asylum seeking children and adolescents using clinical case examples and shares the clinician’s own personal reflections on the lessons learned. The challenges of working with this group are explored drawing on research findings as well as the clinician’s experiences. Language and cultural differences can act as barriers to assessing children’s mental health or their suitability for EMDR even though in some cases it might be thought of as the treatment of choice. Working with Interpreters is often a key feature of this therapeutic work. The challenges are discussed with direct reference to The British Psychology Society’s recently published guidelines. There are ongoing stresses for these children and young people associated with displacement and their current situation in the UK. These stresses contribute to their psychological distress. Fear of being sent home or mistrust may also prevent them from providing full and accurate information hindering the clinician from obtaining an accurate assessment or trauma history. The importance of good therapeutic skills as the basis of an EMDR Approach is highlighted drawing upon a host of interventions (behavioural, physical, cognitive and motivational) to support clients in building up their own resources so that they can manage their distress between sessions. The therapist’s role in managing expressed emotions within the sessions is examined, not forgetting the impact of this on the therapist.

Keywords: Adolescents  Asylum  Children  Refugees  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

86. Paterson, M. C. (2008). Changing cognitive schemas through EMDR and ego state therapy. In C. Forgash and M. Copeley, (Eds.) Healing the heart of trauma and dissociation with EMDR and ego state therapy (pp. 121-139). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Often clients require extensive preparatory work to ensure that they have the ego strength to allow them to experience EMDR. Failure to do this may result in harm to the client and litigation against the therapist. Ego strengthening is required where the client's personality is less than totally integrated, usually indicated by the presence of enduring irrational beliefs and behavior. Such beliefs exist despite extensive evidence to the contrary; for example, a man may believe he is worthless and a failure despite being in a stable marriage and also holding a college degree. Similarly, irrational beliefs often prevent clients from progressing in therapy due to the blocking action they exert on cognitive processing. This chapter examines maintenance fo irrational beliefs and behaviors and a case study that looks at a former police officer in Northern Ireland. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Cognitive Schemas  Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

87. Laliotis, D. (2011, March). Changing the narrative: Part 1 & part 2 - The psychotherhapy of EMDR. Presentation at the Psychotherapy Networker Symposium, Washington, DC.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
While EMDR has become known as a highly effective psychotherapy approach for neutralizing traumatic memories, it's evolded into a comprehensive and powerful therapy that goes well beyond helping clients reprocess negative experiences to transforming the way they feel about themselves and their lives. In this workhop, you'll be introduced to the eight-phase information-processing model of EMDR, which helps clients identify and reprocess experiences that have shaped their sense of self and view of the world, limiting their capacity to live an authentic life. You'll learn how EMDR can be used to work with core themses and experiences underlying people's current life difficulties, freeing them to fully realize their own identity, change the narrative of their lives, and experience a fuller, more flexible and expansive, sense of self.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

88. Yang, Y., & Wu, W. (2008, June). A Chinese way to use ‘safe place’ in grief work. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Every culture has its special way to deal with grief. In Chinese culture which is collectivism-oriented, people deal with grief not only in a society context, but also have a lot of connection with the bereaved ones. We found that it is hard to help the clients to be stabilized and work with EMDR on their grief before you help them to find a “Safe place” to settle their bereaved ones down. Hence, we use a modified “safe place” technique to help the clients to create a “heaven” for their loved ones, a “place” they can visit to say “hello” again to their bereaved ones. Our presentation will how we did that in a case series of adults and children by using imaginary ways and artistic ways. Using EMDR as standard protocol was effective to remove the symptoms and got the SUDs down.

Keywords: Chinese  Grief  Poster  Safe Place  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

89. Zangwill, W., Kominsky, P., & Browning, C. (2003, September). Choosing the right EMDR for the right client at the right time:  A systematic approach to more effective EMDR implementation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Substantial variation exists in how, when, and with which clients' clinicians use EMDR. Some clinicians use EMDR early in their work with clients, others spend considerable time on affect management and resource development prior to using standard EMDR. Those in favor of more rapid implementation argue that for many clients' delays in starting EMDR is an unnecessary waste of time and resources. Other EMDR clinicians worry that clients may be harmed by undertaking EMDR processing without extensive prior stabilization. This workshop presents a systematic, comprehensive model to help EMDR clinicians best determine what factors to evaluate in deciding when and how to proceed.

Keywords: EMDR Implementation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

90. Knipe, J. (2008, June). The CIPOS method -- procedures to therapeutically reduce dissociative processes while preserving emotional safety. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
It is well documented (Maxfield and Hyer, 2002) that the 8-phase EMDR model is highly effective for clients who are troubled by disturbing memories. However, clients who are dissociative often have great difficulty in maintaining present orientation and the "dual attention" that is a necessary condition for processing. Dissociative clients are highly vulnerable, during the EMDR Preparation, Assessment and Dissociation Phases, to becoming disoriented and overwhelmed by the surprising intrusion of dissociated parts that bring intensely disturbing images and other information. Since, with these clients, there is a greater risk of non-therapeutic dissociative abreaction, it is very important to counter this risk with an increased emphasis on safety and containment of affect. In this presentation, I will describe two procedures that can be helpful in making the healing power of EMDR available to clients who have this kind of vulnerability. One is the BHS (Back of the Head Scale), a procedure that can be useful in assessing a client’s moment-to-moment level of dissociation during a traumafocused EMDR session. The other is the CIPOS (Constant Installation of Positive Orientation and Safety) procedure, which is a method of slowing down processing, and carefully containing and controlling the emergence of potentially overwhelming post-traumatic material. These methods will be illustrated with video segments of a therapy session.

Keywords: Back-of-the-Head Scale  BHS  CIPOS Method  Contant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety  Emotional Safety  Psycholgical Defenses  Targeting  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

91. Shapiro, R. (1999, June). Clearing cultural and generational trauma with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will learn: 1) to define and identify cultural and generational trauma; 2) to help clients identify these traumas; 3) a protocol for clearing internalized cultural bias; 4) a protocol for clearing generational bias; and 5) the Two-Handed Differentiation Protocol

Keywords: Cultural Bias  Cultural Trauma  Differentiation Protocol  Generational Bias  Generational Trauma  Two-Handed  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

92. Powers, M. (1997, January 27). Clients swear by post-trauma therapy, but experts divided. Memphis, TN: The Commercial Appeal, A1.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Enter eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), a decade-old therapeutic technique that sounds ridiculously simple.

Keywords: General  Memphis  Overview  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

93. Leeds, A. M., & Korn, D. L. (1998, July). Clinical applications of EMDR in the treatment of adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This paper was co-presented with with Deborah L. Korn, Psy.D. In my portion of this presentation I introduced Alan Schore's research on the neurobiological correlates of early trauma and abuse and with implications for treatment stragegy. The presentation covered the use of EMDR, Resource Development and Resource Installation methods across the entire treatment plan. Dr. Korn reviewed treatment principles and adaptations to the EMDR trauma protocol for this population.[Author abstract] Participants will learn how to: 1) apply specific EMDR protocols in each of the three strategies of recovery: stabilization and safety, trauma focused processing, and reconnection and identify development; 2) integrate ego strengthening strategies into a comprehensive EMDR based treatment plan for clients who have limited affect tolerance and self-capacities; 3) apply cognitive interweave strategies to address blocking beliefs and fears about the treatment process; and 4) use EMDR to address maladaptive schemas commonly seen in this population.[Conference Program Abstract]

Keywords: Adults  Neglect  Sexual Abuse  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

94. Korn, D. (2001, June). Clinical applications of EMDR in treating adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will focus on integrating EMDR into a phase-oriented recovery plan in treating adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect. EMDR applications with the full range of trauma-related syndromes, including simple and complex PTSD, Borderline Personality Disorder and Dissociative Disorders, will be addressed. Treatment planning and pacing will be discussed in view of presenting problem, attachment style, defenses, and self-capacities. In recognition of clients' rigid, maladaptive schemas, poor impulse control, dissociative tendencies and limited affect tolerance, strategies for modifying and supplementing standard EMDR protocols will be explored, Significant attention will be devoted to integratring EMDR ego strengthening and resource development protocols into all phases of treatment.

Keywords: Borderline Personality Disorder  Child Abuse  Dissociative Disorders  Ego Strengthening  Neglect  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PSTD  Resource Development  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

95. Opdyke, D. C. (1995, May). Clinical efficacy of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder. Georgia State University. AAT 9608510.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) has gained notoriety as a brief treatment for PTSD. In EMDR, clients repeatedly bring up traumatic events in memory and visually track stimuli moving back and forth in front of them. Previous group studies of EMDR have had methodological problems, however. The present study attempted to (1) assess EMDR's effectiveness compared to an Eye Focus treatment controlling for eye movement; (2) compare both treatments to a wait-list control; and (3) rate therapist characteristics to check experimenter bias.20 participants suffering from PTSD were randomly assigned to either EMDR or Eye Focus (EF) treatments, and immediate treatment or wait-list conditions. After two 90-minute treatment sessions, outcomes were assessed on subjective measures of anxiety (SUDs) and cognitive beliefs (VOCs). The mean SUDs pre-post differences on matched pairs t-tests indicated significant reduction of disturbance for both the EMDR group, p < .001, and the Eye Focus group, p < .001. VOC ratings showed similar treatment gains. Two-factor analyses assessed changes across groups (2 administrations x 2 treatment groups) on two standardized measures, the Impact of Event Scale (IES) and the Modified PTSD Symptom Scale (MPSS). The IES showed a main effect for treatment F (2, 18) = 16.45, p < .001, while wait-list remained unchanged F (2, 18) = 1.09, p > .05. A significant interaction F (2, 18) = 6.69, p < .05 supported treatment efficacy. EMDR and EF participants improved equally on the IES, i.e., no differences for type of treatment, F (2, 18) = 0.54, p > .05. The MPSS also showed a main effect for treatment, F (2, 18) = 6.46, p < .05, with wait-list unchanged, F (2, 18) = 0.27, p > .05. This interaction was not significant, p =.10. Further, both EMDR and EF groups demonstrated improvement on the MPSS. Results suggest that (1) EMDR and Eye Focus are both effective in reducing some self-reported PTSD symptoms; (2) EMDR and Eye Focus scores improved significantly compared to wait-list; and (3) ratings of experimenter bias suggested that the EMDR and Eye Focus participants were treated equally by the therapist. Future comparison studies should use larger samples, independent assessors, and equally-trained independent therapists. [Author Abstract] Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 56(11-B), May 1996, pp. 6402

Keywords: Empirical Study  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychotherapeutic Processes  PTSD  Treatment Effectiveness  Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

96. Dworkin, M. (2005, June). Clinical strategies for dealing with challenging EMDR clients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will address clinician issues with clients who are challenging to work with. These strategies will include parts of the Procedural Steps Outline in preparation for anticipated problems; applied R/D/1 strategies for compartmentalizing activated clinician state dependent moments; and variations of cognitive interweaves designed to repair moments of misattunement, returning both parties to a co-regulated states so that trauma processing may proceed.

Keywords: Challenging Client  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

97. Dworkin, M. (2005, September). Clinican strategies for dealing with challenging EMDR clients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This experientially based workshop will address clinician issues with clients who are challenging to work with both before and during an EMDR session. Participants will develop greater awareness of these moments and learn strategies to overcome potential moments of misattunements. These strategies will include parts of the Procedural Steps Outline in preparation for anticipated problems; applied RDI strategies for compartmentalizing activated clinician state dependent moments in session; and using a variation of a cognitive interweave when an interruption of the flow of states between clinician and client temporarily ruptures contingent collaborative communication. "The Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire" will be introduced as a method of enhancing these awarenesses. Participants are invited to bring their most challenging cases to work on.

Keywords: Challenging Client  Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire  Countertransference  Trauma  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

98. Byron, H. (1999). Clinician adherence to and combination of methods with EMDR for post traumatic stress disorder. University of Canberra, Australia.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
The clinical adherence to and combination of methods with EMDR to treat PTSD has not been explored. This is of some concern as 27 000 clinicians are trained in EMDR globally. This exploratory study gained information on Australian trained EMDR clinicians' adherence to EMDR, and the methods they combined with EMDR to treat PTSD. Survey responses from 126 clinicians were analysed using predominantly descriptive statistics. The findings of this study showed that the majority of respondents perceived that they closely adhered to the standard EMDR treatment. However, respondents reported adhering more closely to the phases than the steps of EMDR. Statistically significant findings showed that more experienced EMDR level 1 clinicians were more likely to add steps and phases to EMDR, and to change the standard sequence of steps. Clinicians with greater years of experience were also more likely to change the standard sequence of steps. In addition, more experienced EMDR level 2 clinicians, were less likely to educate their clients about PTSD. Almost all respondents combined EMDR with other methods to treat PTSD. Combined methods included CBT, hypnosis / relaxation, system / solution focused methods and exposure. This research has contributed to theory and practice by uncovering that clinicians appear to use EMDR differently to researchers, by changing EMDR to meet client needs, combining EMDR with other methods and Holly Byron 16/9/99 vi therapies, and introducing EMDR in the mid stage of treatment. These findings are vital to reduce the scientist-practitioner divide by accurately testing EMDR's efficacy and enabling future controlled trials to reflect the clinical use of EMDR.

Keywords: Postrraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

99. Dworkin, M. (2009). The clinician awareness questionnaire in EMDR. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 401-408). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Whenever an EMDR treatment session becomes problematic, consider this self-administered instrument when reflecting on this session. EMDR consultants can also use this measure in their consulting groups to assist consultees in understanding when work with clients have an impact on the clinician. The purpose of using the Clinician Awareness Questionnaire includes the following: (1) To assist in raising awareness of what may be triggering the clinician; (2) To assess what may be coming from the clinician and what may be coming from the client; and (3) To develop EMDR Relational Strategies. Different problems can arise in different phases of the protocol. Sometimes, problems for the clinician may occur in Phase 1 when a client shares information that evokes negative arousal; or Phase 2 when the client has trouble understanding the elements of preparation or wants to get going processing trauma prematurely and the clinician has a negative response; or Phase 3 when there is a problem structuring the Assessment piece. Sometimes, client information may not evoke negative arousal in the clinician until Phase 4 when the client is actively processing. Often times, the clinician's triggers are from old memories. These memories may be explicit; at other times, implicit (somatosensory). As clinicians begin to notice these moments in themselves, they may aid themselves and their clients in continuing productive processing by using the Clinician Awareness Questionnaire. The Clinican Awareness Questionnaire Script is provided. [PsycINFO Database]

Keywords: Clinician Awareness Questionnaire  Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

100. Grimmett, J., Hartung, J., Galvin, M. D., & Gray, S. (2012, October). Clinician experiences with EMDR: Factors influencing attrition and retention. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Over 70,000 clinicians worldwide have participated in extensive EMDR training in the past 20 years, but, as with other therapies, not all trained clinicians continue to practice newly acquired techniques.
Whether or not a clinician uses a given treatment modality seems to be a complicated issue, the literature can be organized along the lines of five themes: (a) therapists' pre-training factors, (b) the training itself, (c) clients' experiecnes before and during EMDR, (d) post-training skill development, and (e) socio-enviromental contributors to therapist attrition and retention

Keywords: Attrition  Clinician Experiences  Retention  Training  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

101. Sharpless, B. A., & Barber, J. P. (2011). A clinician’s guide to PTSD treatments for returning veterans. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 42(1), 8–15. doi:10.1037/a0022351.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
What options are available to mental health providers helping clients with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD)? In this paper we review many of the current pharmacological and psychological interventions available to help prevent and treat PTSD with an emphasis on combat-related traumas and veteran populations. There is strong evidence supporting the use of several therapies including prolonged exposure (PE), eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), and cognitive processing therapies (CPT), with PE possessing the most empirical evidence in favor of its efficacy. There have been relatively fewer studies of nonexposure based modalities (e.g., psychodynamic, interpersonal, and dialectical behavior therapy perspectives), but there is no evidence that these treatments are less effective. Pharmacotherapy is promising (especially paroxetine, sertraline, and venlafaxine), but more research comparing the relative merits of medication vs. psychotherapy and the efficacy of combined treatments is needed. Given the recent influx of combat-related traumas due to ongoing conflicts in Iraq and Afghanistan, there is clearly an urgent need to conduct more randomized clinical trials research and effectiveness studies in military and Department of Veterans Affairs PTSD samples. Finally, we provide references to a number of PTSD treatment manuals and propose several recommendations to help guide clinicians’ treatment selections.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychotherapy  Psychopharmacology  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

102. Lakey, J. (2007, February). Cognitive behavioral therapy and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: A comparative analysis for the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder. St. Gregory’s University: Shawnee, OK.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder is the primary mental health issue resulting in tours of duty in combat operations. The soldiers returning home from these operations often require treatment in dealing with many of their physical and emotional changes. The therapist who treats these brave men and women needs to understand the treatment methods available for the successful recovery of their clients. After identifying the terms necessary to understand the principles and the historical and etiological background of the disorder and the treatments available, this paper will illuminate several treatment modalities and their success rates in the treatment of PTSD. Cognitive Behavioral Therapy and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing will be the primary focus of comparison through out this work.

Keywords: Comparative Analysis  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

103. Makinson, R. A., & Young, J. S. (2012, April). Cognitive behavioral therapy and the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder: Where counseling and neuroscience meet. Journal of Counseling & Development, 90(2), 131-140. doi:10.1111/j.1556-6676.2012.00017.x .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
There is increasing evidence to support the biological basis of mental disorders. Subsequently, understanding the neurobiological context from which mental distress arises can help counselors appropriately apply cognitive behavioral therapy and other well-researched cognitive interventions. The purpose of this article is to describe the neurobiological context underlying the formation and treatment of posttraumatic stress disorders, a mental disorder frequently encountered by counselors, from a cognitive therapy framework.
Recent changes to the Council for Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational Programs (2009) accreditation standards include the need for counselors-in-training to understand the neurobiological basis of behavior, which marks a new direction for the training of professional counselors who have historically reacted ambivalently toward medical models for understanding client concerns and treatments. Yet recent findings in neuroscience actually support the verbally based interventions that counselors typically use in treatment; therefore, there is much to be gained by counselors and counselor educators in understanding the basics of human neurobiology and how commonly used counseling interventions intervene on these biological systems. The National Institute of Mental Health (2010) stated in a recent strategic plan that “Important discoveries in areas such as genetics, neuroscience, and behavioral science largely account for the substantial gains in knowledge that have helped us to understand the complexities of mental illnesses and behavioral disorders over the past 15 years” (“Introduction,” para. 4).
Given the increasingly biological focus of mental health research, the practicing counselor is faced with the task of understanding and using the emerging mental health treatments and explaining to clients, to reimbursing agencies, and to the broader public how counseling fits within the medically dominated mental health culture. Some counselors have long reacted ambivalently toward the pathologically oriented diagnostic categories of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (4th ed.; DSM-IV;American Psychiatric Association, 1994) system and the medication-dominated world of psychiatry. For example, the contrasting viewpoints on this issue were published in the Journal of Counseling & Development between Allen and Mary Ivey (1998, 1999) and Scott Hinkle (1999). Ivey and Ivey (1998) argued for a developmental interpretation to the DSM-IV, opposing what they called the “pathological view” (p. 334) of the manual. According to Ivey and Ivey, disorders could be viewed through a positive development tradition to lie not within the individual but within the contextual systems in which a person lives. Subsequently, disorders are viewed as a “logical response to a developmental history” (Ivey & Ivey, 1999, p. 484). By contrast, Hinkle (1999) argued that because anxiety and depressive disorders “are the most common clinical symptoms associated with presentation to counseling” (p. 475), the counseling profession is weakened if counselors shy away from direct participation in the DSM nomenclature and treatment parlance. As Hinkle indicated, “mental disorders according to the medical model describe disease processes, not people” (p. 475). Regardless of the reader's philosophical perspective, practicing counselors know participation in medical and psychiatric systems is necessary at times. Also, recent discoveries in the field of neuroscience are providing evidence that interventions often used by counselors have direct physiological impact on client neurobiology (Kennedy et al., 2007; Linden, 2006). For example, Felmingham et al. (2007) demonstrated significant differences in brain activity before and after 8 weeks of exposure therapy, which correlated with a reduction in posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptom severity. Similarly, Paquette et al. (2003) found that cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) alters the activation and metabolism of specific brain regions following successful treatment of spider phobia. These findings, along with others (for a detailed review, see Beauregard, 2007; Frewen, Dozois, & Lanius, 2008), are significant because they support the techniques, interventions, and approaches used by counselors and provide a mechanism by which counseling positively affects brain physiology. Within the emerging physiologically based treatment milieu, counselors should be prepared to articulate how cognitive counseling interventions make measurable changes to the client. Although cognitive-behavioral-based approaches are effective in the treatment of a number of psychiatric illnesses, adult PTSD is arguably one of the best understood mental disorders from a neurological perspective. It thus presents a valuable model for exploring not only the basic tenets of neurobiology but also the mechanisms behind its successful treatment. Furthermore, PTSD is a disorder that counselors will likely encounter in practice.
PTSD is a mental disorder characterized by a sudden onset of symptoms due to environmental exposure to a psychologically stressful event such as war, natural disaster, or sexual victimization. Thus, it provides a clear example of how, even in adulthood, neurological adaptation (in this case maladaptive changes) can functionally “rewire” the brain in a short period of time, resulting in a sustained array of clinical symptoms. The diagnostic criteria for PTSD are a history of exposure to a traumatic event meeting two criteria and symptoms from each of three symptom clusters: intrusive recollections, avoidant/numbing symptoms, and hyperarousal symptoms. A fifth criterion concerns duration of symptoms and a sixth assesses functioning (American Psychiatric Association, 2000).
The National Comorbidity Survey Replication, conducted between February 2001 and April 2003 (Kessler et al., 2005), determined that the estimated lifetime prevalence of PTSD among American adults is 6.8%, with women (9.7%) twice as likely as men (3.6%) to have the disorder at some point in their lives. These findings are very similar to those of the first National Comorbidity Survey conducted in the early 1990s (Kessler, Sonnega, Bromet, Hughes, & Nelson, 1995), which was composed of interviews of a representative national sample of 8,098 Americans ages 15 to 54 years. In this earlier sample, the estimated prevalence of lifetime PTSD was 7.8% in the general population. As in the more recent survey, women (10.4%) were more than twice as likely as men (5%) to have PTSD at some point in their lives (Kessler et al., 2005; Kessler et al., 1995).

Keywords: CBT  Cognitive Behavioral Therapy  Neurobiological Basis of Behavior  Neurobiology  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

104. Oglesby, C., Foster, S., Sime, W., North, T. C., & Lendl, J. (1999). Collaborative partnerships in sport psychology applications of EMDR: High performance and trauma recovery. Symposium conducted at the annual conference of the Association of the Advancement of Applied Sport Psychology, Banff, Alberta, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clinicians who have grown to accept and support Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) have begun to diversify the types of trauma populations in which EMDR is applied. Psychology of injury researchers have suggested, on the basis of their work, that an exciting new direction in sport psychology is the implementation and testing of new interventions aimed at modifying risk factors for athletes. It has also been suggested that extant models of athletic injury may reasonably be re-interpreted to account for other traumatic stressors, additional to injury, in sport. EMDR may reduce stress and trauma reactions in sport participants. EMDR, however, has been developed as a clinical tool and there are limitations on entrance to training in the approach. There are myriad ways, however, in which valuable partnerships may be formed, among psychologists, sport psychologists, and educational sport psychology consultants to use EMDR on behalf of clients. This symposium, within its five sections, will report on many such collaborations. The following are the objectives of the session: (a) provide a brief overview of the research and theory base for EMDR and its use in performance work; (b) describe case reports of successful partnerships among EMDR-trained sport psychologists and variably trained professionals from sport performance.

Keywords: Performance Enhancement  Sports Psychology  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

105. Jayatunge, R. M. (2008). Combating tsunami disaster through EMDR. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 2(2), 140-145. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.2.2.140.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
After the 2004 tsunami devastation in Sri Lanka, many citizens experienced severe psychological reactions. The effectiveness of EMDR is illustrated in the treatment of 7 of these individuals: 3 children and 2 adults with PTSD symptoms and 2 adults with depressive symptoms. After 3-8 sessions of EMDR the symptoms were eradicated and these clients were free from their depressive feelings, anxieties, intrusions, and nightmares, were able to function normally, and were able to lead productive lives. These outcomes replicate those in the research literature demonstrating that EMDR is an efficacious treatment for PTSD in general, with specific utility for disaster-related PTSD. It is recommended that future controlled studies be conducted to evaluate the effectiveness of EMDR in the immediate aftermath of disasters and to assess its effectiveness with major depressive disorder. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adults  Children  Disaster  Recent Events  South Asia  Sri Lanka  Tsunami  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

106. Zangwill, W. (2001, June). Combining EMDR and meditation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This experiential workshop combines EMDR with meditation to teach EMDR clinicians how better to enhance client safety during and between sessions and to address issues of their own. Participants will practice specific meditative techniques for use with themselves and their clients.

Keywords: Meditation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

107. Young, J., Zangwill, W. M., & Behary, W. E. (2002). Combining EMDR and schema-focused therapy: The whole may be greater than the sum of the parts. In F. Shapiro (Ed.). EMDR as an integrative psychotherapy approach: Experts of diverse orientations explore the paradigm prism (1st ed.) (pp. 181-208). Washington: American Psychological Association. vii, 444 pp.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract: E
motional processing occurs through specific circuitry and structures in the brain. Unfortunately, much of clinical psychology has neither understood nor sufficiently integrated the treatment implications of this area of research. However, some practitioners have recognized the need for more integrative models of psychotherapy. Two of the best models are Young's Schema-Focused Therapy (SFT) and Shapiro's Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). Although these two approaches arose from different clinical experiences and theoretical backgrounds, they are similar in that they recognize the importance of all the ways in which people process information -- affectively, physiologically, through the senses, and cognitively. Each model can be tremendously beneficial to clinicians and their clients. Combining aspects of each often yields better results than using either one alone. Thus, this chapter first includes a description of Young's model and then an illustration of the way EMDR clinicians can enhance SFT by using the powerful information-processing aspects of EMDR. Last is a brief discussion of the ways SFT can also be valuable to EMDR clinicians. [Adapted from Text, pp. 181-182][Pilots]

Keywords: Cognitive Therapy  Psychotherapeutic Processes  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

108. Hartung, J. G., & Galvin, M. D. (2002). Combining eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) and energy therapies. In F. P. Gallo (Ed.), Energy psychology in psychotherapy: A comprehensive sourcebook (1st ed) (pp. 179-197) NewYork:  W. W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract: Observing that there has been a rapid increase in the number of practitioners trained in both eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) and the energy psychotherapies, the authors describe ways to combine these modalities to increase their effectiveness. Topics include correcting psychological reversals prior to initiating and during EMDR; muscle testing with EMDR; EMDR along with energy therapies to limit the severity and disruption of abreaction, dissociation, "looping," and blocking beliefs; treatment of addiction; using one method to further client receptivity to use of the other; self-use of EMDR and the energy techniques; and, among others, energy training for paraprofessional crisis teams for use in residential programs with EMDR clients. [Adapted from Introduction]

Keywords: Energy Psychotherapy  Latin Americans  Psychotherapeutic Processes  Stressors  Survivors  TFT  Thought Field Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

109. Phillips, M. (2008). Combining hypnosis with EMDR and ego state therapy for ego strengthening. In C. Forgash and M. Copeley, (Eds.) Healing the heart of trauma and dissociation with EMDR and ego state therapy (pp. 91-120). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
This chapter will explore several uses of hypnosis and EMDR that can help to accomplish these objectives. Expert consensus is that trauma clients must move through an ordered process designed to strengthen and stabilize them before progressing to the uncovering, exploration, reworking, and integration of painful past experiences. The SARI model (Phillips 8c Frederick, 1995) is presented here as a framework for the recommended sequence of treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Ego State Therapy  Ego Strenthening  Hypnosis  SARI Model  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

110. Miller, J. (2013, May). Complex trauma and EMDR: Basic skills. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will provide EMDR therapists with direction and skills in working with clients with complex PTSD (C-PTSD). It is particularly designed to help those therapists who have completed their Basic Training and do not feel competent to treat the more complex presentations many clients exhibit when they come for help. The presentation will include a discussion of the three stages of C-PTSD recovery and the six core components of C-PTSD treatment. In addition, attendees will learn to apply the AIP model to C-PTSD and case conceptualization, learn and practice multiple grounding and containment exercises to be utilized before, during and after EMDR treatment, and multiple skills for use in facilitating EMDR trauma processing with C-PTSD clients.
Learning Objectives: • Identify the three stages of C-PTSD recovery • Identify 6 core components of C-PTSD treatment • Apply the AIP model to C-PTSD and case conceptualization • Learn and practice multiple grounding and containment exercises to be utilized before, during and after EMDR treatment • Learn multiple skills for use in facilitating EMDR trauma processing with C-PTSD clients

Keywords: Case Conceptualization  Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  C-PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

111. Miller, J. (2013, May). Complex trauma and EMDR: Basic skills. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will provide EMDR therapists with direction and skills in working with clients with complex PTSD (C-PTSD). It is particularly designed to help those therapists who have completed their Basic Training and do not feel competent to treat the more complex presentations many clients exhibit when they come for help. The presentation will include a discussion of the three stages of C-PTSD recovery and the six core components of C-PTSD treatment. In addition, attendees will learn to apply the AIP model to C-PTSD and case conceptualization, learn and practice multiple grounding and containment exercises to be utilized before, during and after EMDR treatment, and multiple skills for use in facilitating EMDR trauma processing with C-PTSD clients.
Learning Objectives: • Identify the three stages of C-PTSD recovery • Identify 6 core components of C-PTSD treatment • Apply the AIP model to C-PTSD and case conceptualization • Learn and practice multiple grounding and containment exercises to be utilized before, during and after EMDR treatment • Learn multiple skills for use in facilitating EMDR trauma processing with C-PTSD clients

Keywords: Case Conceptualization  Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  C-PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

112. Leutner, S., & Cronauer, E. (2012, June). Complex trauma in mind and body [Trauma complejo en mente y cuerpo]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
It will be shown how to get into touch and how to work with traumatic and somatic ego-states by simultaneously activating resourceful ego-states in mind and body. The work will be resource integrating from top to bottom. In the body it will be from bottom to top. Two different experiential protocols will be given and respective videos will be shown: the resource integrating protocol and the bottom-up protocol The neurological background of balancing work with traumatic memories and resources will be discussed. It lies in promoting effective and permanent links between the neuronal trauma network and one or more corresponding resource networks. The integration of resources can greatly accelerate processing. It is imperative, however, that the use of these resources is not random, rather orients itself to the specific needs of the client at that specific point in time with attention given to how much resource or trauma is activated. Participants will be informed about the impact of complex trauma in mind and body. They will learn how to apply EMDR combined with Claire Frederick's and Maggie Phillip's Conflict Free Image as well as Gendlin's Focusing and Levine's Somatic Experiencing. By those means complex traumatized clients are enabled to broaden their windows of tolerance. Participants will be able to supply their clients with a powerful tool for self healing.

Se mostrará cómo ponerse en contacto y trabajar con los estados del yo traumático y somático mediante la activación simultánea de estados del yo recursivo en la mente y el cuerpo. El trabajo será de integración de recursos desde arriba hacia abajo. En el caso del cuerpo, será desde abajo hacia arriba. Se darán dos protocolos experienciales distintos y se presentarán vídeos pertinentes de los protocolos respectivos: el protocolo de la integración de recursos y el protocolo desde abajo hacia arriba. Se hablará de los antecedentes neurológicos del trabajo de equilibrio con recuerdos traumáticos y recursos. Estriba en favorecer vínculos efectivos y permanentes entre la red neuronal del trauma y una o más de las redes de recursos correspondientes. La integración de recursos puede acelerar en gran medida el procesamiento. Sin embargo, es imperativo que el empleo de estos recursos no sea aleatorio, si no que se oriente hacia las necesidades específicas del cliente en ese momento concreto con atención prestada a la cantidad de recursos o el trauma activado. Se les informará a los participantes sobre el impacto que tiene el trauma complejo en la mente y en el cuerpo. Aprenderán a aplicar EMDR en combinación con la “imagen libre de conflicto de Claire Frederick y Maggie Phillip”, así como con al “Focusing de Gendlin” y la “Experimentación somática de Levine”. Con estos medios los clientes con trauma complejo son capaces de ampliar sus ventanas de tolerancia. Los participantes podrán ofrecer a sus clientes con una herramienta potente para la auto-curación.

Keywords: Body  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

113. Herbert, C. (2012, October). Complex trauma: Road to psychiatric dysfunction or path toward posttrauma growth?. Keynote at the 4th Autumn EMDR Workshop Conference, Sheffield, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Healthcare service providers, as well as, mental health practitioners, frequently associate the suffering of complex trauma with pathology, mental illness, personality disorders and severe psychiatric dysfunction. Clients are perceived as difficult to treat, interventions are guided by the nature of the psychiatric diagnosis and therapy focuses on crisis management and on helping clients to achieve reductions of symptoms that account for the psychiatric diagnosis. Although symptom reduction can be of great value and importance to sufferers, sole focus on this misses the great potential to engage a person in a transformative process that can lead to considerable inner strengthening, alignment and positive growth, as a result and in spite of their early traumatic experiences. This keynote introduces a shift in perspective away from the traditional focus on psychiatric dysfunction toward a model of positive growth for clients suffering from Complex Trauma and Dissociative Identity Disorder (DID). It is proposed that development of empathic empowerment of the individual toward greater personal authenticity, honesty, accountability and compassion can open the path toward posttrauma growth. However, in order to achieve such development specific parameters must be fulfilled. These parameters, which include therapist factors, the nature of the therapeutic relationship, an underlying therapeutic framework for working with complex trauma and the guiding principles and ingredients that nurture growth rather than dysfunction, will be outlined and illustrated through the use of client vignettes.

Keywords: Complex Trauma  Posttraumatic Growth  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

114. Popky, A. J. (1994). Computer metaphor for EMDR. EMDR Network Newsletter, 4(3), 10-11.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Clients and participants have asked for a simple explanation of how EMDR works. Since my previous life was in high technology electronics and computers, I devised the following metaphor for my own understanding of the process. With the growing popularity of personal computers, more people have become computer literate and seem to understand this metaphor.

Keywords: Metaphor  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

115. Pace, P. (2003, September). Connecting ego states through time with EMDR and lifespan integration. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will be introduced to Lifespan Integration, an effective new technique, which connects dissociated ego states to one another, and eventually produces an integrated self. This technique brings up images related to the targeted trauma, and gives the client insights about the lifelong pattern of behaviors resultant from the trauma. External resources are rarely needed as clients spontaneously connect to internal resources. Participants will learn how Lifespan Integration can be used adjunctive to EMDR: 1) to quickly resolve feeder memories which are interfering with processing; 2) to help clients who are flooding with emotion regain connection to their cognitive capacities; and 3) to help clients access positive internal resources related to the targeted trauma.

Keywords: Ego States  Lifespan Integration  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

116. Schmidt, S. J. (2008, September). Connecting to a team of resource ego states to prepare for EMDR trauma processing. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Sometimes it is difficult to assess readiness for emotionally taxing EMDR trauma processing. The first half of this workshop will cover a protocol for helping clients connect with three Resource ego states – a Nurturing Adult Self, a Protective Adult Self, and a Spiritual Core Self. Clients with sufficient ego strength for trauma work will readily connect to these Resources. Clients with poor ego strength often encounter blocks when connecting to Resource ego states. The second half of the workshop will cover an ego strengthening intervention for clearing such blocks. This intervention can help prepare clients to tolerate trauma work.

Keywords: Ego States  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

117. Lohrasbe, R. S. (2010, April/May). Connecting to a team of resource ego states to prepare for EMDR trauma processing. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
It can be difficult to assess readiness for emotionally taxing EMDR trauma processing. The first half of this workshop will cover a protocol for helping clients connect with three resource ego states – a Nurturing Adult Self, a Protective Adult Self, and a Spiritual Core Self. Clients with sufficient ego strength for trauma work will readily connect to these resources. Clients with poor ego strength often encounter blocks when connecting to resource ego states. The second half of the workshop will cover an ego-strengthening intervention for clearing such blocks. This intervention can help prepare clients to tolerate trauma work.

Keywords: Resource Ego States  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

118. Murray, K. (2011). Container. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 5(1), 29-32. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.5.1.29.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Question: Is there a script that I can use to teach my clients to use a “container” resource? When and how might I use this with my clients?

Keywords: Container Exercise  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

119. Blore, D. (2008, January). Contraindications and safety considerations in the selection of clients for EMDR. Presentation at the meeting of the EMDR, NE England Regional Group, Darlington, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Client Selection  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

120. Greenwald, R., McClintock, S. D., & Bailey, T. D. (2012, October). A controlled comparison of eye movement desensitization & reprocessing (EMDR) and progressive counting (PC). Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is the most effctive (Ho & Lee, 2012) and efficient (Greenwald et al, 2012) of the established trauma treatments and it is well tolerated by clients. However, EMDR is complex, making dissemination challenging and expensive (Greenwald, 2066a). PC is simplet, more qickly learned, and had shown promise in case stuidies (Greenwald, 2008a, 2008b) and open trials (Greenwald & Schmidt, 2010). If PC is comprable to EMDR, then dissemination of top-tier trauma treatment can be more economical.

Keywords: Poster  Progressive Counting  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

121. de Jongh, A. (2005, June). Could EMDR be a promising treatment in the immediate aftermath of a traumatic incident?. In "EMDR in action." Part 2. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Various studies have shown that the counselling routinely offered to people in the immediate aftermath of a traumatic incident seldom protects them from developing post-traumatic stress -and could even delay their recovery. On the other hand, clinical experience suggests that in many cases with the proper utilization of EMDR an almost spontaneous integration of perceptions of sensory input and the cognitive components of the experience takes place. Although controlled data about types of interventions. the optimal time to intervene or predictors of response and recovery are still lacking. within the organization D.O.E.N., providing critical incident stress management services in the Netherlands, there is broad experience in utilizing EMDR with clients who exhibit severe early symptoms following trauma and who need 'first-aid' treatment. EMDR treatment is generally started when there is no evidence of change or recovery within the course of 1 or 2 weeks. Since there is a tremendous unmet need, there is an important challenge to demonstrate in controlled research the advantages of EMDR for those who suffer from symptoms of acute stress, for example in emergency departments and/or the immediate aftermath of mass trauma. This presentation will focus on the rationale for early treatment with the use of EMDR. This approach is illustrated by segments of video taped treatment sessions of clients with symptoms of acute stress.

Keywords: Practice  Symposium  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

122. Osborn, C. (1997, December 14). Counselors use eye therapy to help kids with trauma. Austin, TX:  Austin American-Statesman Starr, B1, B7.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
The technique used on Glenn is called eye movement reprocessing, or EMDR. Created in 1989 by a California psychologist, it involves counselors inducing rapid eye movement to help their clients work through traumas.

Keywords: Austin  Children  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

123. Dworkin, M. (2001, June). Countertransference and the intersubjective:  Directions for treating traumatized clients with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR therapists and their clients are always influencing each other in the therapeutic relationship. Attention needs to be paid to the subtle nuances of malattunement, its danger, and the opportunities inhent for potentiating healing.

Keywords: Countertransference  Trauma  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

124. Seubert, A. (2008, June). The courage to feel. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The Courage to Feel is a practical and inspiring workshop, designed to give the clinician the experience and tools for guiding our clients into emotional expertise. It is not simply a theoretical training that gives you a lot of information about emotions. Because the emotional journey cuts through what is foreign territory for many of our clients, there is need of a map, a hands-on, practical guide that clients can refer to when learning how to do this “feelings thing”. To meet this need, this master workshop offers four concrete steps to emotional competence and seven skills in achieving them, all tried and proven over 25 of clinical practice. This training also teaches the use of such a trauma-informed phase model, as well as bilateral stimulation to reinforce learning, through video clips and in vivo practice. Andrew’s first book, The Courage to Feel: a Practical Guide to the Power and Freedom of Emotional Honesty, will be available through Infinity Publishing by May of 2008.

Keywords: Emotions  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

125. Seubert, A. (2007, June). The courage to feel: The power of emotional competency within the EMDR protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Much of affect education is focused on managing and tolerating emotions. What is missing on the in this is an emphasis on the positive reasons for having feelings and how they work (objective #1). We need to be able to sell our clients on the importance of emotional expertise and honesty if they are to heal. They need to develop the courage to feel, but won’t do this if feelings don’t make sense.
Because the emotional journey cuts through what is foreign territory for many of our clients, there is also a need for a map, a hands-on practical guide that clients can refer to when learning how to do this “feeling things.” For this I have developed the Four Steps to emotional competence, very teachable and very learnable (Objective #2).
Specific skills are needed to implement the Four Steps. These include the practice of awareness (the sine qua non of any therapy), breath work, visualizations, resource development and anchoring, grounding techniques, trance busters and the L.I.D.S. strategy for managing strong feelings(Objective #3). Many of these will be practiced during the workshop.
Finally, it is important for the therapist to have a trauma treatment phase model in mind in order to know where this affect education fits in and when it may need to be revisited (Objective #4). The use of EMDR to reinforce learning will be demonstrated and/or practiced during the learning of the seven skills (Objective #5).

Keywords: Strategy  Technique  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

126. Seubert, A. (2008, September ). The courage to feel: Guiding clients into the power and freedom of emotional honesty. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Emotional Honesty  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

127. Singer, M. T., & Lalich, J. (1996). Crazy therapies:  What are they? Do they work?. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
The relationship between patient and therapist is unique in important ways when compared to relationships between clients and other professionals such as physicians, dentists, attorneys, and accountants. The key difference is present from first contact: it is not clearly understood exactly what will transpire. There is no other professional relationship in which consumers are more in the dark than when they first go to see a therapist.
In other fields, the public is fairly well informed about what the professional does. Tradition, the media, and general experience have provided consumers with a baseline by which to judge what transpires. If you break your arm, the orthopedist explains she will take an X ray and set the bone; she tells you something about how long the healing will take if all goes well and gives you an estimate of the cost. When you go to a dentist, you expect him to look at your teeth, take a history, explain what was noted, and recommend a course of treatment with an estimate of time and cost. Your accountant will focus on bookkeeping, tax reports, and finances, and help you deal with regulatory agencies. Consumers enter these relationships expecting that the training, expertise, and ethical obligations of the professional will keep the client's best interests foremost. Both the consumer and the professional are aware of each person's role, and it is generally expected that the professional will stick to doing what he or she is trained to do. The consumer does not expect his accountant to lure him into accepting a new cosmology of how the world works or to "channel" financial information from "entities" who lived thousands of years ago; or for his dentist to induce him to believe that the status of his teeth was affected by an extraterrestrial experimenting on him. Nor does the patient expect the orthopedist to lead him to think the reason he fell and broke his arm was because he was under the influence of a secret satanic cult. But seeing a therapist is a far different situation for the consumer. In the field of psychotherapy there is no relatively agreed upon body of knowledge, no standard procedures that a client can expect. There are no national regulatory bodies, and not every state has governing boards or licensing agencies. There are many types and levels of practitioners. Often the client knows little or nothing at all about what type of therapy a particular therapist "believes in" or what the therapist is really going to be doing in the relationship with the client. In meeting a therapist for the first time, most consumers are almost as blind as a bat about what will transpire between the two of them. At most, they might think they will probably talk to the therapist and perhaps get some feedback or suggestions for treatment. What clients might not be aware of is the gamut of training, the idiosyncratic notions, and the odd practices that they may be exposed to by certain practitioners. Consumers are a vulnerable and trusting lot. And because of the special, unpredictable nature of the therapeutic relationship, it is easy for them to be taken advantage of. This makes it all the more incumbent on therapists to be especially ethical and aware of the power their role carries in our society. The misuse and abuse of power is one of the central factors in what goes wrong. Questions to Ask Your Prospective Therapist Ultimately, a therapist is a service provider who sells a service. A prospective client should feel free to ask enough questions to be able to make an informed decision about whether to hire a particular therapist. We have provided a general list of questions to ask a prospective therapist, but feel free to ask whatever you need to know in order to make a proper evaluation. Consider interviewing several therapists before settling on one, just as you might in purchasing any product. Draw up your list of questions before phoning or going in for your first appointment. We recommend that you ask these questions in a phone interview first, so that you can weed out unlikely candidates and save yourself the time and expense of initial visits that don't go anywhere. If during the process a therapist continues to ask you, "Why do you ask?" or acts as though your questioning reflects some defect in you, think carefully before signing up. Those types of responses will tell you a lot about the entire attitude this person will express toward you - that is, that you are one down and he is one up, and that furthermore you are quaint to even ask the "great one" to explain himself. If you are treated with disdain for asking about what you are buying, think ahead: how could this person lead you to feel better, plan better, or have more self-esteem if he begins by putting you down for being an alert consumer? Remember, you may be feeling bad and even desperate, but there are thousands of mental health professionals, so if this one is not right, keep on phoning and searching.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

128. Spierings, J. J. (2008, June). Creative cognitive interweaves with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with severely damaged clients, we can hardly expect EMDR-processing to go smoothly by itself. ‘Just staying out of the way’ is not enough to help these clients process their traumatic material. A more active approach is called for to bring traumaresolution. In EMDR this type of intervening is called ‘(cognitive) interweaving’. The therapist may need to intervene on the process level with process interweaves, in order to keep the client within his window of (affect) tolerance. Or the therapist has to intervene on the content level with content interweaves; when the client gets stuck in a specific problem he is unable to solve with the information he has available. In this workshop the participant learns to use process interweaves to modulate the arousal level of the client. In addition to this a toolkit of useful content interweaves is presented, cognitive and non-cognitive, e.g. sensory, physical, and religious interweaves. Metaphors for all kinds of blocks, bits and pieces of psycho-education for specific stuck points, unorthodox, creative or hilarious interweaves to get round resistance, and interweaves to bring reconciliation and forgiveness.

Keywords: Cognitive Interweave  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

129. Spierings, J. (2012, April). A creative new look at interweaves / Un regard nouveau et créatif sur le tissage (Interweaves). Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with severely damaged clients, ‘just staying out of the way’ is not enough to help these clients process their traumatic material. A more active approach is called for to bring trauma resolution. In EMDR, this type of intervening is called '(cognitive) interweaving’. In this presentation, a distinction will be made between process and content interweaves. The process interweaves are designed to keep the client within their window of affect tolerance. Or, the therapist may intervene on the content level, when the client gets stuck in a specific problem they are unable to solve with the available information. Content interweaves may be either cognitive or non-cognitive, e.g. sensory, physical, humorous, symbolic and spiritual interweaves. The presentation includes metaphors for all kinds of blocks, bits and pieces of psycho-education for specific stuck points, unorthodox, creative or hilarious interweaves to get round resistance, and interweaves to bring reconciliation and forgiveness.
Learning objectives: 1.To understand the concept of interweaves and when they are used 2.To understand the difference between process and content interweaves 3.To learn to use process interweaves to modulate the arousal level of the client 4.To develop a toolkit of useful content interweaves including both cognitive and non-cognitive examples, e.g. sensory, physical, humorous , symbolic and spiritual interweaves.

Keywords: Interweaves  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

130. Lee, C. (2008). Crucial processes in EMDR - More than imaginal exposure. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 2(4), 262-268. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.2.4.262.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The processes that underlie the effectiveness of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) are examined by evaluating the procedural differences between it and exposure therapy. Major factors include the degree of emphasis placed on reliving versus distancing in the therapies and the degree to which clients are encouraged to focus on direct trauma experiences versus experiences associated with the trauma. Research results indicate that, unlike traditional imaginal exposure, reliving responses in EMDR did not correlate with symptom improvement. Instead, consistent with an information processing model, the degree of distancing in EMDR was significantly associated with improvement. A case study is described to highlight these methodological divergences in the respective therapies relating to reliving. Finally, the research regarding the possible sources of the distancing response within EMDR was examined. The results indicate that the distancing process was more likely to be an effect produced by eye movements than by any therapist instructions. Theoretical and research evaluations indicate that the mechanisms underlying EMDR and traditional exposure therapy are different.

Keywords: Exposure Therapy  Information Processing  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Reliving  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

131. Spierings, J. (2001, May). Cultural adaptations of EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In this presentation the concept of "intercultural competence" is developed. A structured way is introduced to develop a therapeutic relationship with clients from another culture in order to build up trust and to bridge cultural differences in styles of processing and expression of emotion. The eight phases of EMDR will be reviewed and screened for necessary adaptations, leading to a series of practical guidelines, useful metaphors, rituals, and helpful concepts. The presentation will be illustrated with case examples, both successful and less successful.

Keywords: Cultural Adaptations  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

132. Luber, M. (2009). Current anxiety and behavior. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 133-141). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This protocol is for clients with anxieties not related to major trauma. The focus here is the Standard EMDR Protocol. This is a summary of the Current Anxiety and Behavior Protocol scripted by Marilyn Luber (Shapiro, 2001, 2006). For current anxiety and behavior problems, the Standard EMDR Protocol should be applied to the following targets (assuming they are available): Past memories; Present triggers; and a Future template. The Current Anxiety and Behavior Protocol Script is provided. [PsycINFO Database]

Keywords: Current Anxiety  Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

133. Zangwill, W. M. (1997, July). The dance of the cognitive interweave. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Francisco, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: S
hapiro has often stated that the basic EMDR protocols will work with many clients roughly 30% to 50% of the time. The rest of the time, clinicians have to "jump start" the process. One of the most effective tools to do this is the cognitive interweave. Yet, it is also one of the least understood and used. While the Level Two trainings have recently increased their emphasis on the use of the interweave, many clinicians still feel uncomfortable with both the concept and implementation of the cognitive interweave.

Keywords: Cognitive Interweave  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

134. Egli-Bernd, H. (2012, Januar). Das neue EMDR dialog‐protokoll, die kognitionen und ihre zentrale bedeutung bei der EMDR arbeit mit komplexen problemstellungen [The new dialogue EMDR protocol: The cognitions and their central role in the EMDR work with complex problems]. Präsentation am Institut für Traumazentrierte Therapie und Beratung, Zürich.

Language: German

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Die Erfahrung zeigt, dass die erfolgreiche Arbeit mit EMDR häufig wesentlich von der treffenden und emotional bedeutungsvollen Wahl der Kognitionen abhängt. Die Erfahrung zeigt aber ebenfalls, dass diese richtige Auswahl oft zur schwierigen Hürde werden kann beim Einstieg in komplexe EMDR‐Arbeit in Phase 3, und zwar nicht nur für AnfängerInnen, sondern auch für erfahrene EMDR TherapeutInnen. Dies vor allem dann, wenn der Fokus der Arbeit nicht auf klar definierten klassischen traumatischen Einzelereignissen, sondern auf komplexen, frühen Lebensthemen liegt. Das Herausarbeiten tiefgreifender, emotional bedeutsamer Kognitionen fällt bei solchen Themen den Betroffenen oft besonders schwer. Diese Situation erzeugt häufig Verunsicherung bei den Klienten und Therapeuten und stellt eine Herausforderung für die erfolgreiche  und effiziente Anwendung von EMDR dar. Mittlerweile ist in der Bindungs‐ und Traumaforschung herausgearbeitet worden, dass frühe Störungen sehr häufig eine dissoziative Struktur bei den Betroffenen zur Folge haben.  Wir müssen also davon ausgehen, dass es in diesen Fällen auch um eine „subtile“ Dissoziation geht, die sich bei der EMDR Arbeit in Phase 3 u.a. durch Probleme mit der Erarbeitung der Kognitionen manifestieren kann.    In den letzten Jahren habe ich das EMDR Dialog‐Protokoll entwickelt, das den Umgang mit solch komplexen EMDR Situationen in der Phase 3 wesentlich erleichtert.  Im Oktober 2009 wurde eine Kurzversion meiner Arbeit zu diesem speziellen EMDR Protokoll im deutschen EMDR Rundbrief veröffentlicht und im August 2011 wird eine englische Übersetzung im EMDR Journal for Research & Practice veröffentlicht.   Der Workshop soll einerseits die Bedeutung der Kognitionen für die erfolgreiche EMDR Arbeit nochmals klären sowie die dazugehörigen theoretischen Grundlagen aus der Neurobiologie, der Bindungstheorie und den Theorien der Strukturellen Dissoziation und Ego‐State Theorie zusammenfassen.  Sodann wird das Dialog‐Protokoll im Detail erläutert und mittels Fallbeispielen in der praktischen Anwendung dargestellt. Ein praktischer Teil des Workshops ist dem Üben von Phase 3 mit dem Dialogprotokoll vorbehalten. Die TeilnehmerInnen sollen anhand von konkreten eigenen Beispielen die Phase 3 mit Anwendung des Dialog‐ Protokolls üben, um für die Praxis eine auf Selbsterfahrung basierende praktische Erfahrung mitzunehmen. Es geht dabei um das Erfassen von Phase 3 bis zum VOC, nicht um eine komplette Selbsterfahrung mit EMDR. Dabei soll die emotionale Relevanz der stimmigen und tiefgreifenden Kognition erfahrbar werden.    Wenn es der zeitliche Rahmen erlaubt, können eigene Fälle zur Diskussion gestellt werden. Der Workshop soll eine kollegiale Diskussion von Problemen in der EMDR Anwendung ermöglichen und neue Perspektiven eröffnen helfen.

Experience shows that successful work often with EMDR significantly taken from and emotionally meaningful choice of cognition depends. But experience shows also that these Proper selection can often be difficult to hurdle in entering complex EMDR work in phase 3, and not only for beginners but also for experienced EMDR therapists. This especially when the focus of the work of non-traumatic on clearly defined classical Individual events, but on complex, early-life subjects. Working out of profound, emotionally meaningful cognition falls on such topics stakeholders often particularly difficult. This Situation often creates uncertainty among clients and therapists and offers a challenge represents for the successful and efficient use of EMDR Meanwhile, it has been worked into the binding and trauma research that very early interference often have a dissociative structure among those affected the result. We must therefore assume that in these cases, a "subtle" dissociation is, among other things, at the EMDR work in phase 3 may be manifested by problems with the development of cognition. In recent years I have developed the dialogue EMDR protocol, how to deal with such complex EMDR situations in phase 3 easier. In October 2009, a short version of my Work on this specific EMDR protocol in German newsletter published EMDR and in August 2011 an English translation of the EMDR Journal for Research & Practice is published. The workshop on the one hand the importance of cognition in the successful EMDR should work again and clarify the related theoretical principles from neurobiology, attachment theory and summarize the theories of Structural Dissociation and ego state theory. Then, the Dialog protocol described in detail and illustrated using case studies in practical applications. A practical part of the workshop is reserved for the practice of dialogue with the Phase 3 protocol. The By means of concrete examples to own participants, phase 3 of the dialogue with application- Exercise protocol in order for the practice to bring a hands-on experience based on personal experience. This involves having to capturing phase 3 to the VOC, not a complete self-awareness EMDR. It is the emotional relevance of coherent and profound cognition can be experienced. If it is the time frame allowed to own cases are presented for discussion. The workshop should enable a collegial discussion of issues in application of EMDR and new perspectives help open up.

Keywords: Cognitions  Dialogue Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

135. de Jongh, A. & ten Broeke, E. (2007). De behandeling met EMDR: Informatie voor cliënten [Treatment with EMDR (information for clients)]. Psychopraxis, 9(1), 36-38. doi:10.1007/BF03072328.

Language: Dutch

Format: Journal

Abstract:
. Bijlage GGZ Voorlichting.
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, afgekort tot EMDR, is een therapie voor mensen die last blijven houden van de gevolgen van een schokkende ervaring, zoals een verkeersongeval of een geweldsmisdrijf. Het is een relatief nieuwe therapie. Een eerste versie ervan werd in 1989 beschreven door de ontwikkelaarster ervan, de Amerikaanse psychologe Francine Shapiro. In de jaren daarna werd deze procedure verder uitgewerkt en ontwikkelde EMDR zich tot een volwaardige en effi ciënte therapeutische methode. In deze bijdrage zullen we deze methode nader bespreken.

Mental Health Information annex.
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, EMDR for short, is a therapy for sufferers remain account the effects of a shocking experience as a traffic accident or a violent crime. It is a relatively new therapy. A first version was described in 1989 by its developer claims, the U.S. psychologist Francine Shapiro. In subsequent years, this procedure was further elaborated and developed EMDR is a full and to establish efficient therapeutic method. In this paper we will approach further discussion.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

136. Black, J., & Gauvreau, P. (2010, Avril/Mai). De la problématique, à la cible, à la désensibilisation [Of the problem, the target, the desensitization]. Atelier présenté à la réunion annuelle de l'EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Il peut être parfois un défi pour les thérapeutes EMDR à aider les clients à identifier les cibles de travail EMDR lorsque la personne se présente avec un problématique généralisée ou des enjeux « non-traumatiques » par exemple, certains associés à l’estime personnel, l’affirmation de soi, les habiletés relationnelles pour lesquelles des événements traumatiques « petits-t » où les liens ou expériences à cibler ne sont pas facilement identifiables. Cet atelier à pour objectif de permettre aux cliniciens à mieux aider leur clients à préciser d’avantage les enjeux et les cibles de travail potentielles avec l’EMDR; ainsi que de faciliter à ce que le client puisse, à partir de la problématique, de la cible et de l’image, mieux trouver les cognitions/croyances négatives activées. Dans ce processus, on vise aussi à accentuer l’importance de la phase 1 (l’histoire de la personne). Également, l’atelier se penchera sur l’importance de bien identifier/cerner la croyance négative sous-jacente au moment d’amorcer le travail avec les cibles identifiées, afin de maximiser les effets du retraitement et de favoriser la généralisation. À travers des présentations didactiques, des vignettes cliniques et des exercices de groupes, les participant(e)s pourront développer des stratégies pour mieux conceptualiser les plans de traitement EMDR avec ces types de problématiques. Également, les cliniciens seront amenés à réfléchir sur les thèmes des enjeux travaillés et leurs liens avec les cognitions négatives identifiées, sous les thèmes de responsabilité, sécurité et choix personnel. (Tous les niveaux)

It can sometimes be a challenge for EMDR therapists to help clients identify targets EMDR work when the person presents with a widespread issue or issues "non-traumatic" for example, some associated with the estimated personnel, assertiveness, interpersonal skills for which the traumatic events "small-t" which links or targeting experiments are not easily identifiable. This workshop aims to enable clinicians to better help their clients to clarify issues and benefit the target potential working with EMDR, as well as to facilitate the client can, using the issue of and the target image, find the best cognitions / beliefs turned negative. In this process, it also aims to highlight the importance of phase one (the story of the person). Also, the workshop will focus on the importance of identifying / understanding the underlying negative belief at the time to begin work with the targets identified in order to maximize the effects of reprocessing and to promote generalization. Through didactic presentations, clinical vignettes and group exercises, the participant (s) will develop strategies to better conceptualize the EMDR treatment plans with these types of issues. Also, clinicians will need to reflect on themes and issues worked their links with negative cognitions

Keywords: Target  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

137. van Arkel, E. P. M., & Baas, A. M. (2008, Juni). De rol van het op afstand beleven en het herbeleven in eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR) [The role of the remote experience and relive in eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR)]. Utrecht, Nederlands: Universiteit Utrecht.

Language: Dutch

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Dit onderzoek was voor ons zowel een eerste kennismaking met Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) als een eerste kennismaking met het klinische werkveld. Naast het leerzame traject van het onderzoek zelf, waren deze aspecten een speciale aanvulling op onze scriptie. Wij hebben dan ook met veel enthousiasme aan deze scriptie gewerkt en ons op verschillende gebieden breder ontwikkeld. Wij zijn voornamelijk blij dat wij „op de valreep van onze studie‟ nog kennis hebben mogen maken met de behandelmethode EMDR. Het is een behandelmethode die wij in onze verdere loopbaan binnen de psychologie zeker mee zullen nemen. Onze dank gaat uit naar de therapeuten en cliënten die mee wilden werken aan dit onderzoek. Zonder deze medewerking was dit onderzoek immers niet tot stand gekomen! Daarnaast willen wij graag onze begeleidster mw. dr. H.K. Hornsveld bedanken voor het overbrengen van haar enthousiasme voor EMDR en al haar op- en aanmerkingen op ons onderzoek. Mede dankzij haar is dit onderzoek goed afgerond en is ons enthousiasme gegroeid.

This study gave us both a first encounter with Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) as a first introduction to the clinical field. Besides the educational process of research itself, these issues were a special addition to our thesis. We also have enthusiastically worked on this paper and our wider development in various fields. We are especially pleased that we are "at the very end of our study" may even be familiar with the EMDR treatment method. It is a treatment that in our careers in psychology will certainly take it. Our thanks go to the therapists and clients who wanted participate in this study. Without this cooperation, this research was not realized! In addition, we want our companion mw. Dr. H.K. Hornsveld thanks for transferring her enthusiasm for EMDR and all her observations and comments on our research. Partly thanks to her that this study is well rounded and our enthusiasm grew.

Keywords: Desensitization, Distancing  Reliving  Vividness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

138. Stewart-Grey, E. (2008). De-stress: A qualitative investigation of EMDR treatment. Capella University, Minneapolis, MN. AAT 3329849.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
There is no qualitative knowledge of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) with a sub-clinical stressed population. The vast majority of EMDR research has focused on traumatized populations, leaving a significant gap in what the non-traumatized or sub-clinically stressed clients experience. Sub-clinical stress includes any level of stress that does not meet the DSM-IV-TR criteria for PTSD. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the lived experiences of body sensations, emotions, beliefs, and imagery during EMDR treatment of participants with sub-clinical stress. Participants fit into either a young adult (18-35), adult (36-49), or older adult (50-60) maturity category and did not meet the criteria for PTSD. The sample consisted of 12 participants, from a large metropolitan area in the Northeastern United States. A qualitative phenomenological design was used to gather data following the EMDRIAs treatment protocol including a final interview asking questions about what the participants experienced in their body, thoughts, emotions, and memory images. The data was analyzed using constant comparative techniques using open coding and will be verified with member check techniques. The results identify five thematic holistic experiences across the participants. The themes of responsibility, safety, choices, power, and value emerged from the data. The results imply that is may be necessary to address all 5 themes for effective stress resolution. Also, the scholarly, clinical, and practical understanding of the Adaptive Information Processing Model concepts of responsibility, safety, and choices manifest in participants lived sensory experiences are now expanded and in need of additional research. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adults  Americans  Effects  Stressors  Survivors  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

139. Worthington, R. (2012, April). Dealing with trauma as an intervention for aggression: A review of approaches and the value of reprocessing. Journal of Aggression, Conflict and Peace Research, 4(2), 108-118. doi:10.1108/17596591211208319.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The purpose of this paper is to explore the impact of trauma with specific consideration to the neurological impact this has on information processing and potential links with aggression. Design/methodology/approach - This paper provides a summary of the literature in relation to theories of aggression and trauma. The paper considers how the two may interact and overlap and considers a theoretical rationale for why addressing trauma through a treatment such as Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) may assist to reduce aggression. Findings - The paper argues that the experience of trauma may contribute to inputs which may take a person closer towards engaging in aggression. This is consistent with information processing models and unified models of aggression such as the General Aggression Model. Factors that were specifically identified included physiological hyper-arousal, hostile attributions of stimulus, and neurological impairments. In addition, the paper also argued that there is evidence that as a result of trauma, a person's ability to provide cognitive accounts for the function of their behaviour may also be impaired because of the reduced interactivity between the two prefrontal hemispheres. Research limitations/implications - The paper argues that as a result, interventions designed to reduce aggression may benefit from including additional elements which directly assist clients to process emotional information and that a reprocessing treatment such as EMDR could assist to reduce levels of emotional arousal and improve treatment effectiveness. Differences in the way in which EMDR is carried out and the variances in treatment protocols used should be attended to increase the reliability of future research. Originality/value - Current modes of aggression therapy have focused on exposure based and cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT). However, there is evidence that EMDR has benefits over exposure and CBT approaches because of the way in which cognitive verbal accounts of the trauma are not required and because EMDR does not require the individual to have insight into their trauma experience and the link with aggression.

Keywords: Aggression  Trauma  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

140. Errebo, N. (2010, July). A decade of EMDR humanitarian trainings in Asia. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In 1999, EMDR Humanitarian Assistance Programs (HAP) began its work in Asia in Bangladesh. Since then HAP teams have trained clinicians in India, Indonesia, China, Thailand, Sri Lanka. This presentation will summarize what has been learned from ten years of experience in Asia. The EMDR HAP training in Sri Lanka following the 2004 tsunami will be presented in detail. Issues addressed will include needs assessment, organization, collaboration among organizations, ethics, cultural competence ,and program evaluation. Videotapes will show training and sessions of trainees with tsunami survivors. The presentation will show how to train participants to think, write, and speak about EMDR as well as how to competently and ethically utilize EMDR with clients. An EMDR training program was conducted as a joint project of three organizations: EMDR Humanitarian Assistance Programs (HAP), International Relief Teams (IRT), and the Sri Lankan National Counselors Association (SRILNAC). Between March and December 2005, 30 Sri Lankan counselors were trained in EMDR. These counselors demonstrated competence in EMDR on several measures, treated more than 1,000 children and more than 350 adult tsunami victims with EMDR in 2005, provided narrative reports and outcome measures for most of their clients, and formed the Sri Lanka EMDR Association (SEA). The crucial steps in establishing and implementing this training program are explained, with a summary of the subjective impressions and learning experiences most valued by the training team, including an excerpt from a trainer’s journal. This information may be useful to future cross-cultural humanitarian efforts following large-scale disasters. This article summarizes the crucial steps in establishing and carrying out this training program as well. Previous HAP programs in Bangladesh and Turkey (Konuk et al., 2006) had led to the development of a model of therapist training and service delivery following large-scale natural disasters. Great need for mental health treatment in developing countries following a disaster and the even greater challenge of delivering effective, culturally competent mental health treatment in these situations. Silove and Bryant (2006) praised the rapid needs assessment after the tsunami as an important advancement in psychiatric epidemiology that demonstrated the value of such assessment in guiding mental health interventions after disasters.They pointed out that the controversy over whether to offer psychological treatment after disasters confuses funding agencies and those planning mental health programs after disasters. Their concerns were echoed in Raphael and Stevens’s (2006) delineation of the emerging consensus about good mental health practice after disasters in an article that was not a part of the Bangkok symposium. IRT directors, EMDR-HAP staff, and SRILNAC leaders discussed crucial political, ethical, economic, and logistical decisions in conference calls and e-mails. They outlined a program that would be responsive to the culture and needs of Sri Lanka, would provide world-class EMDR training and consultation, and would follow International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies (ISTSS) guidelines for mental health programs in post disaster situations (Weine et al., 2002). Following the funding mandate of IRT, the HAP team took responsibility for ensuring that services would in fact be delivered to tsunami survivors and that those services would be clinically effective. Therefore, requirements for continuing participation were quite specific, and trainees were more thoroughly evaluated than in previous HAP projects. These 30 counselors treated more than 1,350 tsunami survivors with EMDR between March and December 2005 and submitted outcome reports on these sessions that show marked improvement in PTSD symptoms. We know from e-mail contact that a number of participants continue to use EMDR effectively. As mentioned Important elements of the HAP training program in Sri Lanka included (a) adequate funding, (b) selection of trainees, (c) negotiation of objectives among HAP,IRT, and SRILNAC, (d) the pre-EMDR training in traumatology, (e) the consultation between trainings,(f ) the requirements for ongoing participation in the training, (g) a variety of measures of competence in EMDR, (h) the continuing, ongoing consultation with trainees, and (i) dedication. A project like this is expensive. IRT received.

Keywords: Asia  HAP  Humanitarian Assistance Programs  Trainings  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

141. Curry, S. (2006, June). Decisions, decisions…Forks in the road in EMDR:  What, when and who. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Following EMDR training, clinicians experience a steep learning curve when they attempt to implement the protocol with clients. Anecdotal evidence points to a significant reduction in numbers of EMDR trained clinicians actually utilizing it correctly with clients on a regular basis. EMDR is much more complex than it first appears; therefore those who use the protocol only occasionally or loosely will miss significant opportunities to grasp the subtleties and effective application. There is a need, even for experienced EMDR clinicians, to learn and apply a structured way of identifying the decisions we make both before and as we proceed through the protocol. A growing body of researcs exists to back up our decisions; however, some choices are made based on intuition and clinical judgment. Topics will include a self-evaluation (passions and expertise); why we sharpen our phone skills up-front; rationales for tightening up intake and case conceptualization; decisions during preparation, safe place, resource development, assessment, desensitization, and later phases of the protocol; decisions regarding cognitive interweaves; and decisions regarding time management and flexing a treatment plan. Participants will be encouraged to sharpen their thinking about how they do EMDR with their clients, by means of identifying the most important "forks in the road" before and during treatment; be able to name at least one decision point pertaining to each of the Phases covered; and finally, to provide a rationale for the choices they do make at these critical moments.

Keywords: Cognitive Interweaves  Preparation Phase  Time Management  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

142. Curry, S. (2006, September). Decisions, decisions…Forks in the road in EMDR:  What, when, and why. Presentation at an annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: F
ollowing EMDR training, clinicians experience a steep learning curve when they attempt to implement the protocol with clients. Anecdotal evidence points to a significant reduction in numbers of EMDR trained clinicians actually utilizing it correctly with clients on a regular basis. EMDR is much more complex than it first appears; therefore those who use the protocol only occasionally or loosely will miss significant opportunities to grasp the subtleties and effective application. There is a need, even for experienced EMDR clinicians, to learn and apply a structured way of identifying the decisions we make both before and as we proceed through the protocol. A growing body of researcs exists to back up our decisions; however, some choices are made based on intuition and clinical judgment. Topics will include a self-evaluation (passions and expertise); why we sharpen our phone skills up-front; rationales for tightening up intake and case conceptualization; decisions during preparation, safe place, resource development, assessment, desensitization, and later phases of the protocol; decisions regarding cognitive interweaves; and decisions regarding time management and flexing a treatment plan. Participants will be encouraged to sharpen their thinking about how they do EMDR with their clients, by means of identifying the most important "forks in the road" before and during treatment; be able to name at least one decision point pertaining to each of the Phases covered; and finally, to provide a rationale for the choices they do make at these critical moments. 8

Keywords: Cognitive Interweaves  Preparation Phase  Time Management  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

143. Peterson, G. (2009, August). Deconstructing dissociative identity disorder to guide EMDR treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is known to dissolve dissociative barriers in those who have dissociative identity disorder. This occurrence can make EMDR more hazardous for clients with DID than for those in other diagnostic categories. In this program, participants will gain enthusiasm about learning more about dissociative disorders and the use of EMDR. They will learn how to distinguish the concept of self-state from ego-state and be able use this distinction in their treatment planning. Participants will recognize characteristics of dissociative structure that will lead toward or away from the use of EMDR at a particular phase of therapy.

Keywords: DID  Dissociative Identity Disorder  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

144. Forgash, C. A. (2005, June). Deepening EMDR treatment effects across the trauma spectrum: Integrating EMDR and ego state work. Föreningen EMDR Sverige, EMDR Tidningen, 7(2), 6-14.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
The concepts, interventions, and techniques presented in this workshop are culled from theory and techniques of working with the range of the dissociative disorders). They have proved to be an effective addition to the preparation stage of the EMDR protocol. In other words, they can be used with clients who dissociate under certain conditions but do not have a dissociative disorder Most of the traumatized clients seen for EMDR treatment have a range of dissociative symptoms as well as symptoms of PTSD. This combination of PTSD and a dissociative disorder is often labeled DDNOS. However, people with a more complex variety of PTSD usually have experienced very early and enduring severe physical or sexual abuse (generally perpetrated by a family member), atrocities, war, or severe environmental disruption such as earthquakes. They are more accurately diagnosed with disorders of extreme stress (DESNOS). For these clients, the dissociated neural networks, or dissociative fragmentation, cause serious problems in adult life. The adaptive information processing system is on hold for these dissociated fragments or parts. They are easily triggered by internal or external cues to which they can have extreme reactions, (flashbacks, amnesia, losing time and place, and so forth.) Our goal as therapists is to use EMDR to help clients (and their internal dissociated neural networks or parts) find stability and resources to function adaptively in their present life, and then desensitize and reprocess the dissociated trauma memories and the PTSD symptoms. We aim to help our clients manage their symptoms. It is not our goal to eliminate dissociation, which has been a major survival strategy, but to help the client utilize it with conscious control. It is important to note that attachment issues are an aspect of development that are especially impacted by trauma. The attachment styles of the family pre trauma may have already affected the client in negative ways, impacting the client's resources and responses to trauma. One way to look at this set of problems is to utilize two approaches in the preparation phase of EMDR. These approaches combine the treatment of dissociative symptoms with ego state work and are an essential aspect of treating these clients with EMDR. This work may extend the preparation phase considerably, but will add safety and structure to the trauma processing experiences for these clients.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

145. Grand, D. (1999). Defining and redefining EMDR. Bellmore, New York: Biolateral.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Bringing insights and experience into diagnosis, treatment, advanced protocols, ego states work, working with difficult clients and performance and creativity enhancement.

Keywords: Creativity  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

146. Kiessling, R. (2009, August). Demystifying the cognitive interweave. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Frequently, clinicians perceive that the cognitive interweave stems from either a well-constructed table of ‘cause and effect’ criteria or is magically ‘conjured’ up by a wizardry clinician. This practical, down-to-earth, basic workshops will ‘demystify’ the cognitive interweave for all clinicians who have completed the Basic Training. Participants will understand the cognitive interweave and how it seamlessly integrates into the AIP model, how preparing for the cognitive interweave begins at intake and continues to develop throughout the client’s reprocessing, and how to utilize their own clinical ‘wizardry’ skills ‘on-the-fly’ when needed to assist clients in successfully reprocessing their traumatic experiences.

Keywords: Cognitive Interweave  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

147. Shapiro, F. (2009). Desensibilizacion y reprocesamiento por medio de movimiento ocular (EMDR) [Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR)]. Pax Mexico L.C.C.S.A.

Language: Spanish

Format: Book

Abstract:
En tan solo unos cuantos años, el modo EMDR se ha convertido en el tratamiento más elaborado para el desorden de estrés postraumático (entre otras perturbaciones). El método EMDR es un tratamiento legítimo y poderoso. Modelo integral y eficiente en el tratamiento de experiencias perturbadoras, el método EMDR incorpora diversos aspectos de terapias sistémicas, psicodinámicas, experienciales, conductuales y corporales. Consiste en ocho fases que comprenden el uso de movimientos oculares y otras formas de estimulación izquierda-derecha. Es eficaz para tratar el desorden de estrés postraumático y reprocesar pensamientos y recuerdos perturbadores o problemas psicológicos de sobrevivientes de traumas, de abuso sexual, de crímenes, de combate bélico, así como de fobias y desórdenes causados por experiencias vivenciales y proporciona en poco tiempo efectos clínicos profundos y estables. Con descripciones y transcripciones detalladas, la autora guía al clínico por cada etapa del tratamiento terapéutico, desde la selección de los clientes hasta la aplicación del método y su integración dentro de un plan integral de tratamiento clínico. Escrito de manera accesible, este libro es una guía invaluable tanto para los clínicos experimentados en el tratamiento EMDR como para las personas que acaban de conocer el método, y para los estudiantes avanzados de psicología clínica y psicoterapia.

In just a few years, modeEMDR has become more elaborate treatment for PTSD (among other disturbances) clutter. The methodEMDR is a legitimate and powerful treatment. Comprehensive and efficient model in the treatment of disturbing experiences, the methodEMDR incorporates aspects of systemic therapies, psychodynamic, experienciales, behavioural and body. Consists of eight phases comprising the use of eye movements and other forms of left-right stimulation. It is effective in treating post-traumatic stress disorder and re-processing thoughts and disturbing memories or psychological problems of survivors of trauma, sexual abuse, of crimes, war combat, as well as phobias and disorders caused by vivenciales experiences and provides deep and stable clinical effects in a short time. With descriptions and detailed transcripts, the author guides the clinical through every stage of therapeutic, treatment from clients to the implementation of the method and their integration within a comprehensive clinical treatment plan selection. Written in an accessible manner, this book is an invaluable guide for clinicians in the treatmentEMDR as for people just know the method and for advanced students of clinical psychology and psychotherapy.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: No

148. Schmidt, S. J. (2003, September). Developmental needs meeting strategy for EMDR therapists. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This new approach for correcting developmental deficits involves meeting unmet developmental and attachment needs, to help clients get unstuck from the past. Participants will be able to: a) install a Healing Circle composed of a Spiritual Core, Nurturing Adult, and Protective Child Self; b) generally describe the 20-Step protocol for meeting developmental needs; c) identify which steps in the protocol are for meeting needs, processing strong emotions, and creating secure attachments; d) identify when to use the 20-Step protocol and when to use trauma-focused EMDR; and e) describe ways to integrate the Healing Circle with trauma-focused EMDR.

Keywords: Developmental Needs Meeting Strategy  Healing Circle  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

149. Stone, C., & Goode, P. (2012, October). Dilemmas of using EMDR in time limited environments. Presentation at the at the 4th Autumn EMDR Workshop Conference, Sheffield, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Applying EMDR standard protocol in time limited settings with clients who have experienced multiple traumas, often in childhood and combined with disrupted attachments, poses an ongoing clinical challenge. It is necessary to continue to explore ways in which such clients might benefit from EMDR whilst keeping the client ‘safe.’ This presentation seeks to offer some practical EMDR strategies, which have been found to be effective with such a client population in these settings, accompanied by case studies.

Keywords: Time-Limit Constraints  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

150. Forgash, C. (2010, September/October). Dissociation in the dental chair: Implications for the EMDR treatment of health issues. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR treatment is effective in dealing with many health problems (exacerbated by dissociation)encountered by many complex trauma clients. The negative sequelae of abuse on the physical and mental health of these clients includes flashbacks and dissociative episodes. They are frequently avoidant of health care, which can lead to further consequences. This presentation will focus on expanding the EMDR Preparation Phase; presenting strategies to deal with dissociation, emotional issues, and PTSD symptoms. The Desensitization and Reprocessing Phase will deal with earlier traumatic events, health issues and current and past dissociative events which are frequently at the root of these problems.

Keywords: Dissociation  Health Issues  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

151. van der Hart, O., Groenendijk, M., Gonzalez, A., Mosquera, D., & Solomon, R. (2013). Dissociation of the personality and EMDR therapy in complex trauma-related disorders: Applications in the stabilization phase. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 7(2), 81-94. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.7.2.81.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
As proposed in a previous article in this journal, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) clinicians treating clients with complex trauma-related disorders may benefit from knowing and applying the theory of structural dissociation of the personality (TSDP) and its accompanying psychology of action. TSDP postulates that dissociation of the personality is the main feature of traumatization and a wide range of trauma-related disorders from simple posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) to dissociative identity disorder (DID). The theory may help EMDR therapists to develop a comprehensive map for understanding the problems of clients with complex trauma-related disorders and to formulate and carry out a treatment plan. The expert consensus model in complex trauma is phase-oriented treatment in which a stabilization and preparation phase precedes the treatment of traumatic memories. This article focuses on the initial stabilization and preparatory phase, which is very important to safely and effectively use EMDR in treating complex trauma. Central themes are (a) working with maladaptive beliefs, (b) overcoming dissociative phobias, and (c) an extended application of resourcing

Keywords: Dissociation  Dissociative Disorders  Structural Dissociation of the Personality  Phase-Oriented Treatment  Stabilization Phase  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

152. van der Hart, O. (2011, March). Dissociation of the personality: The key to understanding chronic traumatisation and a guide to EMDR treatment. Preconference presentation at the 9th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland, Bristol.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
There is currently consensus that the EMDR standard protocol needs to be modified for chronically traumatized clients, such as clients with complex dissociative disorders, as it may destabilize them. Therefore, therapists need to have a good understanding of the dissociative personality structure that exists in these clients. Dissociation is an undue division of the personality among two or more biopsychosocial systems or “dissociative parts” that comprise the survivor’s personality. One or more of them function in daily life; others are fixated in traumatic experiences, are living in trauma-time. The more severe the traumatisation, the more dissociative parts, involving more complex trauma-related disorders, can be expected to exist. Dissociative parts have psychobiological boundaries that are maintained, to a large degree, by different trauma-related phobias, which are systematically resolved in phase-oriented treatment. Indeed, participants will be able to describe structural dissociation of the personality as a specific form of integrative failure that needs to be overcome in phase-oriented treatment, identify ways of relating dissociative symptoms to the underlying dissociation of the personality, and identify targets such as the dissociation-maintaining phobias, for EMDR interventions in the respective treatment phases. The emphasis will be on the preparatory work, including how to work with dissociative parts living in trauma-time and those perceived as being malevolent, necessary before focusing on the integration of traumatic memories.

Keywords: Dissocation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

153. Lanius, U. F. (2001, June). Dissociation processes and EMDR:  Staying connected. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn a model, based on recent developments in neuroscience and the neurobiology of dissociation, that guides therapeutic interventions in general and EMDR treatment in particular; 2) apply effective treatment planning, target selection, and the use of both body-oriented (bottom-up processing); 3) learn to utilize interventions intended to minimize dissociative symptoms; and 4) learn techniques that aid clients in becoming reconnected, once dissociative processes have occurred.

Keywords: Dissociation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

154. Darker-Smith, S. (2012, October). Dissociative disorders and EMDR: Depersonalisation, derealisation and dissociation. Presentation at the at the 4th Autumn EMDR Workshop Conference, Sheffield, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Within the field of dissociative disorders, EMDR clinicians are advised that there should be significant stabilisation in the preparation phase of the standard protocol. Indeed, where a client has been experiencing depersonalisation and / or derealisation for a significant period of time, there can be elements of heightened risk, such as suicidal intent caused by living in this ‘half-life’ or ‘dream-state’. For these clients, using a float-back technique to introduce body sensation as a mechanism of grounding can be, and is, highly effective in terms of stabilisation. This can enable a swifter progression to a place of stability in order to target the cause of dissociation, where it has been triggered by a natural, protective psychological avoidance to a traumatic event as well as reduce risk of suicide in clients who are experiencing significant distress at being ‘trapped’ in this ‘alternate reality’.

Keywords: Derealization  Depersonalization  Dissociation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

155. Rouanzoin, C. (1993, Winter). Dissociative disorders and the “spatial map”. EMDR Network Newsletter, 3(3), 11-12.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Individuals with dissociative disorders present unique therapeutic difficulties for most therapists. These clients have developed an intricate and often creative defense structure to protect themselves from painful emotions and traumatic memories. Subjectively, extensive dissociation can occur when something so terrible happens that defend against it, a person divides or splits his or her awareness into two levels or streams of consciousness.

Keywords: Dissociation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

156. Lanius, U. F. (2004, September). Dissociative processes and EMDR – Staying connected. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A model is proposed, based on recent research in neuroscience and the neurobiology of dissociation and attachment, that guides therapeutic interventions in general and EMDR treatment in particular. Participants will become familiar with specific interventions intended to minimize dissociative symptoms, as well as techniques that aid clients in becoming reconnected, once dissociative processes have occurred. That is, a comprehensive therapeutic approach is described to aid clients with dissociative symptoms to stay connected, and in some cases reconnect with their healing process, thereby enhancing the likelihood of efficient information processing during EMDR treatment.

Keywords: Dissociation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

157. Zucker, M., Spinazzola, J., Blaustein, M., & van der Kolk, B. A. (2006). Dissociative symptomatology in posttraumatic stress disorder and disorders of extreme stress. Journal of Trauma and Dissociation, 7(1), 19-32. doi:10.1300/J229v07n01_03.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The present study was designed to assess differences in dissociative symptoms in adults with Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) vs. PTSD plus Disorders of Extreme Stress Not Otherwise Specified (DESNOS). This study was done for two reasons: (1) to better understand the clinical profile of DESNOS clients in order to inform more effective treatment, and (2) to further empirical research on the validity of the DESNOS construct. To assess severity of dissociative symptoms, the authors administered the Dissociative Experiences Scale (DES) to 155 participants with PTSD. Using the Structured Interview for Disorders of Extreme Stress (SIDES), participants were divided into two groups: those who also met criteria for DESNOS and those who did not. DES means are provided for the two groups. Participants with PTSD plus DESNOS scored higher than participants with only PTSD on the measure of dissociative symptomatology, particularly on the DES scales that tap absorption/fantasy and depersonalization/derealization. The two groups did not differ on the amnesia subscale of the DES. Findings support the construct validity of the DESNOS concept and further delineate the clinical profiles of community-based PTSD with and without DESNOS, thus contributing to the knowledge base on the assessment of complex adaptations to trauma. [Article copies available for a fee from The Haworth Document Delivery Service: 1-800-HAWORTH. E-mail address: Website: © 2006 by The Haworth Press, Inc. All rights reserved.]

Keywords: DES  DESNOS  Dissociation  Dissociative Experiences Scale  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

158. Fraser, G., & Welburn, K (1999, November). Dissociative table technique: Guided imagery strategy for PTSD with dissociation. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Miami, FL.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In keeping with the theme of bridging gaps across disciplines, the Dissociative Table Technique brings to this trauma conference a strategy from the field of dissociative disorders. This therapeutic adjunct has been used by many therapists over the past 10 years for managing dissociated ego states in trauma victims who also have dissociation as part of their clinical picture. This strategy has been used with dissociative disorders, Ego-State therapy and more recently in conjunction with EMDR for patients having dissociative state alterations in addition to their PTSD. This guided imagery strategy provides a protocol for clinical intervention in such clients and will provide an additional therapeutic adjunct for trauma workers when PTSD is complicated by dissociative pathology. Based on gestalt, guided imagery and hypnosis strategies, the Dissociative Table Technique assists the clinician to bring order to the random dissociation which can complicate therapy in such cases. Also clients can be taught to become aware of and integrate dissociated ego states. This strategy must be carefully considered as it can have a profound effect on the dissociative processes. It is advised that it only be employed by clinicians whose fields permit hypnosis-based therapy.The workshop will commence with a therapeutic rationale for this technique followed by an outline of the clinical application. Included will be a video introducing the technique in a clinical case. The video will be followed by a second speaker discussing possible applications to EMDR. Useful suggestions for utilizing EMDR in this trance-prone population (those with dissociation in addition to PTSD) will be addressed in addition to presenting clinical examples in which the Dissociative Table Technique was integrated with EMDR in appropriate clinical groups.

Keywords: Dissociative Table Technique  Dissociation  Guided Imagery  Poster  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PSTD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

159. Edalatian-McCain, N. (2009, August). Distal-proximal process interweave for treatment of sexual trauma in DID clients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will learn an extended interweave strategy to reduce the likelihood of re-traumatization in DID clients processing sexual trauma within the EMDR protocol. This strategy, Distal-Proximal Process interweave, involves an orientation phase to encourage and help the “host” to stay present during processing--even at the expense of not dealing with details of a trauma that are held in alters with limited range. The implementation phase involves using the Rescue Express Merge tactic to help the client process with empowerment. The client is helped through the trauma several times, each time handling more details until he/she can process the trauma in its entirety without needing interweaves.

Keywords: DID  Dissociative Identity Disorder  Distal-Proximal Process Interweave  Sexual Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

160. Mevissen, L., Lievegoed, R., Seubert, A., & de Jongh, A. (2011, December). Do persons with intellectual disability and limited verbal capacities respond to trauma treatment?. Journal Intellectual and Developmental Disability, 36(4), 274-279. doi:10.3109/13668250.2011.621415.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Background. There is not one case report of successful trauma treatment with the use of an evidence-based treatment method in people with substantially limited verbal capacities. This paper assessed the applicability of eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR) in two clients with moderate ID, serious behavioural problems, and histories of negative life events. Method. The 8-phase protocol of EMDR, a first-line treatment for psychological trauma, was applied. Results. In both cases, posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD)-like symptoms decreased in a total of only 6 and 5 sessions, respectively. Gains were maintained at 32 and 10 months' follow-up. Conclusions. EMDR seems to be an applicable psychological trauma treatment for persons with limited verbal capacities. Considering the importance of these findings, further and more rigorous research is required.

Keywords: Developmental Disabiities  Intellectual Disabilities  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

161. Friedberg, F. (2001). Do-it-yourself eye movement technique for emotional healing. Oakland, CA: New Harbinger Publications, Inc.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Eye-movement techniques are a set of revolutionary new methods that psychologists have been using to reduce clients' emotional conflicts and redirect their thought into more positive directions. This book teaches readers how to self-administer these techniques and change their health and happiness.

Keywords: Eye Movements  

Accuracy Verified: No

162. Shapiro, F. (1995, September/October). Doing our homework. Family Therapy Networker, 19(5), 49-53.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Michael Lerner's call to arms at last spring's Family Therapy Network Symposium (see page 44) challenged therapists to become a greater moral force in the world and to take more responsibility for the collective good. Lerner stirred an audience of 2,500 therapists with his impassioned appeal for the mental health community to mobilize politically, yet 1 was struck by an important omission in his address there was little mention of our own individual and collective responsibility for the current crises feeing our profession. I don't think therapists can take the moral high ground with anyone when we haven't cleaned up our own house. I remember hearing about a conversation in which a therapist who said he did family therapy was asked where he was trained. "What's the big deal?' he replied. "I'm a therapist and 1 was born into a family. What more do I need?" I asked the person who told the story, "How did you respond to that?" She shrugged and said, "Nothing. You know how people are. It goes on all the time."

In a field that prides itself on its mavericks and creative innovators, from Freud to Milton Erickson, doing therapy without training is often viewed as an indicator of a willingness to reject stultifying orthodoxies and break with outmoded clinical traditions. But the argument that individual clinicians need the autonomy to work intuitively can often become an excuse for not bothering to become thoroughly prepared and knowledgeable about what has already been developed.

As the originator of a new therapeutic approach called Eye Movement De-sensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), I have had the opportunity to get a close-up view of how therapists incorporate new clinical methods into their practices. After publishing a controlled study on EMDR in 1989, I decided to teach it to licensed mental health professionals as an experimental procedure. This way, as we awaited further research, clinicians could use EMDR judiciously, careful to employ other procedures if the method did not work. However, I soon began getting reports about clients who appeared to be harmed by EMDR and discovered that they had been treated with improvised versions of the method taught to their therapists by past participants in EMDR trainings. Some participants had even trained lay hypnotists and massage therapists in their version of EMDR. There seemed to be little understanding that you are not qualified to teach something you just learned. My psychiatrist friends laughed at my shock and said, "Why are you surprised? Haven't you heard of 'See one, do one, teach one?" Advertisements for "eye movement therapy" started appearing around the country taught by people who had never been fully trained themselves. Some even started to run workshops based on their reading of the two-page procedure section of my eight-year-old research publication.

The intentions of these therapists may have been benign, but the consequences for their clients were sometimes disastrous. One young woman who had been raped was treated by a therapist who had heard that EMDR was useful for treating trauma. Without any other information, preparation or procedural safeguards, the therapist started using the eye movement component of EMDR, without any real grasp of the method. The young woman appeared to calm slightly, but when she returned home, she started crying uncontrollably, ended up in a fugue state and had to be hospitalized. When I told the story to another therapist, his response was, "Clients do that all the time. How do you know it wouldn't have happened anyway?" The answer is I don't, but I know that there is much less likelihood of a client being hurt if clinicians are well trained in their methods. As long as we shrug off the use of methods by colleagues who haven't been adequately trained in them, we have to accept part of the responsibility for their results.

Keywords: Cautions  Training  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

163. Manfield, P., & Snyker, E. (2002, June). Don’t go with that!. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
One of the beauties of EMDR is that, in most cases, clients can simply begin each set of eye movements by focusing on their associations from the previous set. The therapist simply says, "Go with that." This workshop will identify clients for whom "Go with that" will probably not work, clients who use avoidance or dissociation to defend against painful affect or who associate loosely and cause targets to "pancake." We will use video and transcripts to illustrate a variety of interventions and techniques to handle these more challenging clients and situations.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

164. Manfield, P. (2003, September). Don’t go with that!. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
For some elients and in some situations, "Go with that" is not effective. In these situations "go with that" will lead to looping at best, but most likely to a flat unproductive session or the opposite, an unfinished session with many new and sometimes only loosely related unresolved issues. In this workshop, we will identify these clients and those situations. Using video, structured role play, and transcripts, participants will learn strategies for elaborating targets for these clients that will minimize the occurrence of these situations, and for effectively responding to these situations when they do occur.

Keywords: Go With That  Targeting  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

165. Herbert, C. (2010, June). Do‘s and don‘ts in trauma therapy: Strategies for enhancing the work with trauma of different levels of complexity – a positive growth approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with traumatized clients can be overwhelming for the therapist, especially when the trauma is complex, involves dissociative symptoms or different personality states, fragmented memories or client affect is intense and poorly regulated. My experience as a supervisor of EMDR practitioners has shown that it is not uncommon for therapists, in an attempt to be helpful to the traumatized clients, to unintentionally use strategies, which are experienced as re-traumatizing or which lead to an increase in their clients’' survival based coping strategies, including the further strengthening of the ANP (Apparently Normal Personal- ~ t y- van der Hart, Nijenhuis and Steele. 2006). This workshop highlights different therapeutic challenges, which often arise for therapists when working with trauma and introduce strategies that EMDR practitioners can use in their work with such clients. This workshop embeds the principles of Positive Growth Therapy (PGT - Herbert, 20071, which encompasses combined knowledge from a variety of disciplines, including positive psychology, information-processing theory, neurobiology, somatic psychology, developmental psychology and attachment theory, mindfulness and others. These strategies, designed to nurture growth rather than dysfunction, are linked to specific therapeutic factors relevant to the work with trauma, such as different types of trauma, the nature of dissociation, the therapeutic pathway toward integration. the concept of safety, the importance of resource installation, individual pacing of therapy and the window of tolerance, different types of processing, and the integration of rational and experiential processing systems and others, which will be explored in the course of this workshop This workshop offers opportunities for both, EMDR therapists, who are fairly new to the trauma field and would like to enhance and deepen their knowledge base, and those already experienced in the trauma field who would like to use this workshop as an opportunity to re-view, further refine or validate their current ways of working. The specific learning objectives for this workshop are: 1. To find out about specific therapeutic factors that is relevant to the work with trauma. 2. To learn about strategies to avoid and strategies, which are helpful for trauma clients. 3. To increase therapist confidence in working with traumatized clients of varying levels of complexity. This workshop is unique in the way in which it transcends specific (and sometimes too narrowly defined) therapeutic modalities or psychiatric diagnoses and instead offers solutions to EMDR practitioners of all modalities by providing deeper understanding of specific therapeutic factors relevant to the work with trauma of different complexities.

Keywords: Trauma  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

166. Laliotis, D. (2009, March). Dreaming the future: Part 1 & Part 2 - Creating new possibilities with EMDR. Presentation at the Psychotherapy Networker Symposium, Washington, DC.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is often used to help clients access and rewire neural pathways to integrate traumatic memories and relieve dissociation, hyperarousal, and numbing. But it can also help clients move toward a better future by mentally rehearsing aspects of more positive, fulfilling lives. In this workshop, we'll describe how to use EMDR to develop alternative neural pathways freeing clients from the fears and self-doubts that keep them from developing to their fullest potential. We'll review the brain circuitry involved in moving from an internal state of disconnection and helplessness to one of integration and empowerment. Then through lecture, discussion, and videotaped examples, you'll learn guidelines for using EMDR to help clients develop new internal maps, future scenarios, and a clear sense of how to get from their present state to their future self.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

167. Rogers, S. (2006, December). Drifting away from EMDR. EMDRIA Newsletter, 11(4), 7-8.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Those who have attended Francine Shapiro’s Plenary Addresses in recent EMDRIA Conferences are aware of her wish that EMDR clinicians accurately reproduce the EMDR procedure and understand her Adaptive Information Processing model. This concern was sparked by the frequency of phone calls to the EMDR Institute from clients who had been treated with variations of the EMDR protocol with poor results. Also, here in Pennsylvania, we have had several veterans come into our treatment program claiming that they had been treated with EMDR and it didn’t work. When we asked for a description of the treatment, it was clear that the therapist had added elements to the desensitization phase, such as affi rmations, positive imagery, and relaxation techniques.

Keywords: Cautions  Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

168. Manfield, P. (2013, May). Dyadic resourcing: Creating a foundation for treating early trauma [La dyade comme ressource: Créer une base solide pour traiter les traumas de la petite enfance]. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop introduces “dyadic resourcing,” a resourcing approach designed to facilitate EMDR processing of very early trauma with severely deprived clients, including those with attachment disorders. The goal of this process is to help clients connect affectively to an internal experience of being in a nurturing parent-child relationship. This workshop will address the basic principles and processes central to this form of resourcing, including each of the five steps involved in establishing this resource. The process will be illustrated using clinical videos, resourcing transcripts, and a live demonstration. Links to free additional training resources will be provided.
Learning Objectives: • Explain why cognitive interweaves are often not helpful to clients with attachment disorders • List 15 possible sources of resource figures a client might have that the client can feel a present affective connection to. • List 8 techniques that can be used to help a client feel more intensely connected to a resource. • Describe 4 indications that clients are NOT assuming an outside observer role and are instead overly identifying with their child selves. • Describe how the “morphing” process minimizes a client’s resistance to feeling nurtured.

Cet atelier présente la dyade comme ressource, une approche conçue pour faciliter le retraitement en EMDR pour les traumas de la petite enfance chez des clients qui ont été sévèrement négligés dont ceux avec un trouble de l’attachement. L’objectif de ce processus est d’aider le client à se connecter au niveau affectif à une expérience intérieure d’être dans une relation nourrissante parent-enfant. Cet atelier portera sur les principes de base et les processus centraux de cette forme de ressourcement incluant les 5 étapes pour établir cette ressource. Le processus sera illustré à l’aide de vidéos de transcription sur les ressources et une démonstration en direct. Il fournira aussi des ‘’liens’’ afin d’avoir accès gratuitement à des formations sur les ressources.
Objectifs d’apprentissage: • Expliquer pourquoi les tissages cognitifs ne sont pas aidant pour les clients ayant un trouble de l’attachement • Une liste de 15 figures ressourçantes pour le client et pour lesquelles il peut ressentir une connexion sur le plan affectif. • Une liste de 8 techniques qui peut être utiliser afin d’aider le client à se sentir de plus en plus connecter à une ressource. • Décrire 4 indications que le client n’adopte pas une position d’observateur mais plutôt qu’il soit vraiment identifié avec leurs ‘’soi’’ d’enfant. • Décrire comment le processus de ‘’morphing’’ peut diminuer la résistance au sentiment d’être nourrit affectivement

Keywords: Dyadic Resourcing  Morphing  Resource Figures  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

169. Manfield, P. (2011, August). Dyadic resourcing: EMDR with difficult clients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop introduces “dyadic resourcing,” a resourcing approach designed to facilitate EMDR processing of very early trauma with severely deprived clients, including those with attachment disorders. The goal of this process is to help clients connect affectively to an internal experience of being in a nurturing parent-child relationship. This workshop will address the basic principles and processes central to this form of resourcing, including each of the five steps involved in establishing this resource. The process will be illustrated using clinical videos, resourcing transcripts, and a live demonstration. Links to free additional training resources will be provided.

Keywords: Difficult Clients  Dyadic Resourcing  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

170. Knipe, J. (2009). Dysfunctional positive affect: To assist clients with unwanted avoidance defenses. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization (EMDR) scripted protocols: Special populations (pp. 451-452). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Keywords: Avoidance Defenses  Dysfunctional Positive Affect  Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

171. Quinn, G. (2010, July). Early interventions. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a well-established therapy for the treatment of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). PTSD can be reduced or prevented if treated during the first month after a trauma when a person displays Acute Stress Disorder (ASD). Although usually used later, EMDR has also been used effectively in the immediate period following trauma. Victims of immediate trauma often exhibit “silent terror” or extreme stress .The Emergency Response Procedure (ERP), described in the Humanitarian Assistance Program’s (HAP) Disaster Manual and Marilyn Luber’s : EMDR Scripted Protocols: Basic and Special Situations.(2009) was developed to deal with victims of natural and man made disaster within hours of exposure to trauma. Participants in this workshop will learn how to respond to clients in the immediate aftermath of trauma, utilizing ERP. This will be understood within the overall context of the principles of Psychological First Aid. This same basic approach can be applied in the event of strong abreaction during the initial phase of History-taking, and prior to the Preparation Phase of EMDR or at other times of treatment when patients exhibit strong emotional reactions. Similarly, treatment with ERP may also be considered for patients exhibiting this “silent terror” or extreme stress during initial treatment by first responders at the scene of an accident or in ambulances en route to medical facilities. Case examples will be presented to illustrate the successful treatment of Acute Stress Disorder (ASD) with survivors the Tsunami in Thailand, and with victims of terror and war. In this presentation the Recent Events Protocol will be examined, with particular emphasis on modifying the Positive Cognitions (PC) in the face of continuing ongoing danger. EMD (Eye Movement Desensitization), the original protocol developed by Dr. Francine Shapiro in 1989, will be described and compared to the standard EMDR protocol with emphasis as used in emergency settings where multiple patients need rapid treatment. The EMDR Group Protocol will be presented as utilized in the Tsunami of 2004 and during war. A practicum will follow.

Keywords: Early Interventions  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

172. Hollander, H. E. (2009, October). ECEM (eye closure, eye movements): Application to depersonalization disorder. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 52(2), 95-109. doi:10.1080/00029157.2009.10401701.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye Closure, Eye Movements (ECEM) is a hypnotically-based approach to treatment that incorporates eye movements adapted from the Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) protocol in conjunction with hypnosis for the treatment of depersonalization disorder. Depersonalization Disorder has been differentiated from post-traumatic stress disorders and has recently been conceptualized as a subtype of panic disorder (Baker et al., 2003; David, Phillips, Medford, & Sierra, 2004; Segui et. al., 2000). During ECEM, while remaining in a hypnotic state, clients self-generated six to seven trials of eye movements to reduce anticipatory anxiety associated with depersonalization disorder. Eye movements were also used to process triggers that elicited breath holding, often followed by episodes of depersonalization. Hypnotic suggestions were used to reverse core symptoms of depersonalization, subjectively described as "feeling unreal" (Simeon et al., 1997).

Keywords: ECEM  Eye Closure  Eye Movements  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

173. Maxfield, L. (2007). Editorial. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 1(1), 4-5. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.1.1.4.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Excerpt: EMDR has come a long way in the 20 years since Francine Shapiro’s 1987 walk in the park. At that time, she noticed that rapid eye movements decreased the emotionality of some intrusive memories, and she intuitively recognized that this phenomenon had great clinical utility. Shapiro went on to develop a treatment approach (Shapiro, 1989) that has been taught to more than one hundred thousand clinicians worldwide and that has eliminated the distress of many millions of clients. Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR; Shapiro, 2001) is a structured psychotherapy approach and was designed to facilitate the processing of distressing memories. Its efficacy in the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) has been widely acknowledged, and EMDR is a recommended therapy in numerous international guidelines.

Keywords: Editorial  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

174. Janssen, J. (2012, February). Een bijzondere casus (serie): EMDR-behandeling van vroegkinderlijke trauma’s bij een cliënte met een eetstoornis [A special case (series): EMDR treatment of early childhood trauma in a client with an eating disorder]. Tijdschrift voor Psychotherapie, 38(1), 21-37. doi:10.1007/s12485-012-0003-3.

Language: Dutch

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Onveilige hechting en vroegkinderlijke trauma’s liggen aan de basis van veel problemen die onze cliënten ervaren in hun dagelijkse leven en zij leiden tot disfunctionele gedachten- en gedragspatronen. In de babyfase ontwikkelt zich het (sociale) brein op basis van liefde of het ontbreken ervan. Het is de interactie tussen baby’s en hun ouders in de eerste jaren die bepalend is. Het introduceren in de therapie van liefde en liefdevolle ouders die er voor hen zijn, lijkt van essentieel belang te zijn voor een succesvolle behandeling. In dit artikel wordt het vier-stappenmodel van Katie O’Shea uiteengezet. De eerste drie stappen bieden de effectieve stabilisatie die nodig is om de behandeling van vroegkinderlijke trauma’s aan te gaan. In stap 4 kan deze behandeling vervolgens op gestructureerde wijze plaatsvinden. Met haar ‘EMDR’-model creëren we als het ware een nieuwe blauwdruk in het brein met als uitkomst ‘een reconstructie van het zelfbeeld’. O’Shea beoogt met haar model herstel van prenataal en perinataal trauma, wat met het standaard EMDR-protocol niet gemakkelijk wordt bereikt. DRS.

Insecure attachment and early childhood traumas are the basis of many problems that our clients experience in their daily life and they lead to dysfunctional thoughts and behavioral patterns. In the infant stage develops the (social) brain based on love or lack thereof. It is the interaction between babies and their parents in the early years is decisive. Introducing into the therapy of love and loving parents who are there for them, seems of vital importance for a successful treatment. In this article, the four-step model Katie O'Shea put apart. The first three steps provide effective stabilization to the necessary for the treatment of early childhood trauma to go. In step 4, this treatment can then structured by manner. With its' EMDR' model we create as were a new blueprint in the brain as being 'a reconstruction of the self '. O'Shea aim with the recovery model of prenatal and perinatal trauma, what with the standard EMDR protocol is not easily achieved. DRS.

Keywords: Childhood Trauma  Eating Disorder  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

175. Greenwald, R., & Seubert, A. (2010, September/October). The effect of resolving early memories on the level of distress associated with later memories: Two cases. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Trauma therapists must make clinical judgments about which memories to target in what order, taking into account the palticular client's abiiity to tolerate a potentially challenging trauma-focused session (eg., see Greenwald, 2007). Greenwald & Schmitt (2008) previously found that working on an earlier "floated back to" - presumably thematically related - memory led to signiiicantly reduced SUDS on the later untreated memory. However, the participants were non-trearment seeking therapists, and the reduced SUDS was found immediately following treatment of the carlier memory. The questions for thc present study: Does this beneficial effect occur with real clients in treatment? Does this beneiiciai effect persist over time?

Keywords: Case Report  Memories  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

176. Yarosh, D. (2002, June). Effective EMDR for high-functioning clients with intimacy problems. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
To treat high-functioning clients who suffer from intimacy problems EMDR must be integrated into a necessarily long-lerm treatment where issues of relationship and attachment are paramount. Participants will learn to integrate EMDR into existing long-term treatments or to create new comprehensive treatment plans with the cooperation of the client. Participants will learn to use Greenwald's Motivational Interview to set goals, a Trauma History to prioritize EMDR targets, and the interweaving of Resource Development and Installation into the ongoing treatment. Special interweaves helping clients integrate the successful parts of their lives lnto the parts where they are developmentally immature will be illustrated. Issues of timing and ego stabilization will be discussed.

Keywords: Motivational Interview  Resource Installation  Trauma History  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

177. Yarosh, D. (2003, September). Effective EMDR for high-functioning clients with intimacy problems (Expanded with new cases). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will learn to integrate EMDR into the longer-term treatment that is necessary where issues of attachment and relationship are paramount. Trauma treament of these clients involves an understanding of their unique personality characteristics, a comprehensive treatment plan that engages their cooperation, a Motivational Interview to set goals, and a Trauma History to prioritze EMDR targets. Specific techniques that will be demonstrated are the interweaving of Resource Development and Installation into the ongoing treatment, and body-focused interweaves to promote client safety when working with strong abreaction. Special interweaves helping clients integrate the successful parts of their lives into the parts where they are developmentally immature will be illustrated.

Keywords: Attachment  Intimacy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

178. Manfield, P. (2006, September). Effective EMDR targeting with couples. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The workshop begins with a discussion of which clients this technique is appropriate for. The technique is not recommended for couples in which either or both partners do not have adequate affect tolerance, observing ego, or trust of each other's integrety. Other risk factors for using EMDR in couples therapy that have been highlighted in other presentations and literature will be briefly reviewed. Participants will learn to differentiate between clients' statements that represent present experience and those that represent concepts of present experience or reporting of past experiences. Participants will be taught specific interventions which they will practice in guided exercise that will enable them to facilitate both individuals and couples to stay in their present experience during EMDR targeting. Irrational emotional responses to daily interactions and conflicts are often the result of unresolved issues resulting from underlying feeder memories. Participants will learn a simple method for identifying underlying issues of each individual partner related to a given conflict. The final and most substantial portion of this presentation will be focused on using a refined "affect bridge" technique to identify the feeder memories associated with those issues so that they can be targeted with the standard EMDR protocol. Specific methods will be taught to overcome clients' resistance and difficulties with accessing memories; these methods include use of accessing cues (re: Neurolinguistic Programming) and developing eidetics (re: Eidetic Psychotherapy) These methods will be illustrated using a case transcript, guided participant experiential exercise, and live demonstration.

Keywords: Couples  Couples Therapy  Targeting  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

179. Manfield, P. (2005, September). Effective EMDR targeting with couples. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Based an a relatively simple protocol for finding targets specific to the partners' issues, this approach is especially effective with couples who tend to want to spend sessions complaining about each other and recounting the conflicts of the past week. Equal time will be devoted to identifying targets and then developing them using the basic principles of Ahsen's Eidetic Psychotherapy and a modified version of Walkins' "affect bridge." Methods will be taught to overcome resistance and difficulties clients have with accessing memories. Through case transcripts and participation exercises, the basics of this protocol will be explained and demonstrated.

Keywords: Couples  Couples Therapy  Targeting  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

180. Borstein, S. S. (2009, August). The effectiveness of brief adjunctive EMDR: A pilot study. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A pilot study was conducted to assess the effectiveness of brief adjunctive EMDR treatment, in the naturalistic setting of an outpatient clinical office. All clients referred for adjunctive EMDR were considered for this study. A total of 14 individuals were accepted for treatment and completed that treatment, utilizing the standard EMDR protocol. Length of treatment was four to thirteen 50 minute sessions (mean = 8.8 sessions). Each subject was administered five self-report measures pre- and post-treatment. In addition, referring therapists were asked to rate the intensity of one to three presenting problems, pre- and post-treatment. Four out of five self-report measures indicated statistically significant improvement, with significance greater than .001. The effect size was Large or Very Large for those four measures.

Keywords: Adjunctive Treatment  Brief Adjunctive EMDR Treatment  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

181. Rubin, Al., Bischofshausen, S., Conroy-Moore, K., Dennis, B., Hastie, M., Melnick, L., Reeves, D., & Smith, T. (2001, July). The effectiveness of EMDR in a child guidance center. Research on Social Work Practice, 11(4), 435-457. doi:10.1177/104973150101100402.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Objective: This study evaluated the effectiveness of adding EMDR to the routine treatment regimen of child therapists. Method: 39 child guidance center clients were randomly assigned to an experimental group that received EMDR plus the center's routine treatment package or a control group that received only the center's routine treatment package. Results: Analyses of variance found no significant differences in Child Behavior Checklist scores between groups. Subanalyses conducted for 33 clients with elevated pretest scores found moderate effect sizes that approached, but fell short of, statistical significance. Conclusions: These findings raise doubts about notions that EMDR produces rapid and dramatic improvements with children whose emotional and behavioral problems are not narrowly connected to a specific trauma and who require improvisational deviations from the standard EMDR protocol. Further research is needed in light of the special difficulties connected to implementing the EMDR protocol with clients like those in this study. [Sage]

Keywords: Affective Disorders  Behavior Problems  Effectiveness  Emotional & Behavioral Problems  Empirical Study  Treatment  Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation  Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

182. Kannan, L., & Mehrotra, S. (2010, July). Effectiveness of EMDR with those undergoing traumatic divorce. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A contested divorce in an eastern cultural context qualifies to be classified as a traumatic event. Those experiencing this ongoing trauma often undergo PTSD and Depression. EMDR with its standard and current events protocol serves to mitigate both the anxiety and depressive symptoms significantly. This study looks at adapting EMDR for divorcing families in court, clinical and private settings. Participants will learn 1. Differences in cognition of marriage in different cultures such as western, Eastern and Middle Eastern and potential problems, which are culture specific. 2. What constitutes marital trauma and traumatic divorce in the Eastern context 3. The impact of marital trauma in terms of clinical presentation as well as non clinical parameters of well being such as self-esteem, general health, locus of control and quality of life among those undergoing EMDR. 4. How to use EMDR with those undergoing marital trauma with divorce proceedings and cultural implications. 5. Adaptations in the EMDR to the court environment as well as other setting where such clients may present themselves

Keywords: Divorce  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

183. Lothlorien (2010, December). The effectiveness of EMDR: A literature review. (Author) Online .

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
This literature review has been conducted to study the effectiveness of Eye-Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) in treating trauma. Articles for this literature review were chosen using the Google Scholar database with OhioLink applying keywords such as EMDR, EMDR and trauma, and EMDR effectiveness. Articles were also found using the EMDR International Association website at http://emdria.org. Most articles were chosen due to their relevance to the research question. Other factors that were considered were the quality of the research, timeliness, the number of times an article was cited by others, and accessibility. . Of these ten articles, 2/10 (20%) were literature reviews, 2/10 (20%) were conceptual articles, and 6/10 (60%) were empirical studies. All of the empirical studies (6/6 or 100%) were quantitative. All empirical studies cited in the literature review (6/6 or 100%) used primary data based on observation. Five out of the six (83%) empirical studies used and experimental design. One out of six (17%) used a quasi-experimental design. In the six empirical studies, the mean sample size was 51. The smallest sample size was 22, and the largest sample size was 88. Based on the articles studied for this review, EMDR is found to be an effective treatment for trauma. It has also been found to work faster than other therapies. Some studies also showed it to be more easily tolerated by clients than other therapies. Major limitations to this review are the number of publications included, the fact that only articles available in full text form via OSU affiliates were selected, and time available for the literature review. Based on the conclusion that EMDR is an effective mode of treatment for trauma survivors, social workers conducting therapy with this population would benefit from learning the technique and incorporating it in their repertoire of therapies.

Keywords: Literature Review  Research Methods  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

184. Largo-Marsh, L. K., & Spates, C. R. (2002, December). The effects of writing therapy in comparison to EMD/R on traumatic stress:  The relationship between hypnotizability and client expectancy to outcome. Professional Psychology: Research & Practice, 33(6), 581-586. doi:10.1037//0735-7028.33.6.581.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Many psychologists encourage clients to engage in journal writing to supplement individual psychotherapy. Empirical evidence supports the use of writing when targeted at traumatic memories. The most thoroughly researched writing strategy suggests that writing is most effective when it targets a specific memory along with the emotional components of that memory. Effective writing therapy is thus procedurally similar to effective exposure therapy for fear and traumatic memories. This investigation examined structured writing as a self-contained treatment by comparing it to eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, and it was found to be effective. [Adapted from Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adults  Empirical Study  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Random Clinical Trial  RCT  Stressors  Survivors  Therapeutic Writing  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

185. Swiney, U. M. (2004). The efficacy of EMDR for survivors of a natural disaster: Intervention after Hurricane Floyd. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. AAT 3129821.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is considered effective for civilian PTSD, but no controlled evaluation of EMDR, or any other treatment for PTSD, has been conducted with adults in a natural disaster context. Following Hurricane Floyd, 8 individuals from disaster-torn North Carolina communities were randomly assigned to 6 sessions of EMDR or a 1-month waiting list followed by treatment. All of the predominantly Caucasian, female participants met DSM-IV criteria for PTSD, and half reported moderate to severe levels of depression. Participants completed standardized self-report measures of PTSD, depression, and anxiety before and after the waiting period, or before, during (Session 4), and after the 6-week intervention. The principal investigator (PI) and blind assistants conducted a PTSD symptom interview before and after treatment and waiting period. Weekly progress was monitored with additional PTSD and depression self-report measures. The PI, a Level II-trained EMDR therapist, provided treatment. Treatment integrity, assessed by undergraduate assistants following an established checklist, was good.Compared to the untreated control condition, EMDR produced significantly larger decreases in self-reported PTSD and depression symptoms, and tended to promote greater improvement in observer-rated PTSD. However, random effects regression analyses of the secondary PTSD measure failed to detect a significant difference between the two groups. In contrast, random regression analyses confirmed a significant decrease in depression during treatment compared to the control condition. Controlled effect sizes for PTSD symptoms were large and compared favorably to research with other trauma populations. Nevertheless, despite sizeable reductions in symptoms, many clients continued to report elevated levels of PTSD even after treatment. In addition, despite random assignment, the average age of the two groups differed, and age was non-significantly but negatively associated with change in PTSD symptoms. This association, and the small size of this sample, limit the interpretation and generalizability of these findings. Thus, while results tentatively support extending EMDR to disaster survivors with depression and PTSD, this work is best considered as preliminary data. Research with a larger sample remains necessary to better evaluate both the impact of treatment and the potentially more complex treatment needs of this population. [Author Abstract] Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 65(4-B), 2004, pp. 2116.

Keywords: Adults  Americans  Depressive Disorders  Females  Hurricane Floyd  Hurricanes  Posttraumatic Stress Disorders  PTSD  Random Clinical Trial  RCT  Recent Events  Survivors  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

186. Bumke, P. J., & Sodemann, U. (2010, July). The efficacy of EMDR in a new context: Some findings from the ACEH survey. Symposium (Carolyn L. Neunuebel, Chair) conducted at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Context: As a response to the Tsunami in 2004 the Aceh Project organized by TraumaAid and sponsored byTDH and the BMZ from 2007 to 2009 treated more than 3200 clients for psychic disorders related to traumatic experiences .The treatment was given by Indonesian therapists who against the background of a lack of local therapists trained in psychotraumatology had to be trained within the project under the auspices of TraumaAid. This combination of EMDR-Training and EMDR-Therapy in an extremely challenging context also offered an unique opportunity for a parallel and wide ranging monitoring and evaluation of the social and diagnostic parameters involved. Methodology: To guide the therapeutic process and to check on its long term efficacy 1200 adults and 1000 children were at the outset of their therapies asked to contribute detailed diagnostic data. While for adults the Hopkins Anxiety and Depression scales along with a 42-item Harvard Trauma Questionnaire was administered, children and adolescents up to age of 17 were given an adapted version of the CBCL. At the conclusion of their therapies 20 % of all respondents were rechecked with the same diagnostic scales, another group of 5 % again after 6 months. Results: The diagnostic data indicate a dramatic improvement after therapies that involved a range of therapeutic techniques including stabilising and EMDR protocols. The relation between diagnostic dimensions (intrusions, somatic reactions, social relations, expression of feelings and attention problems) and social factors (gender, age) was further explored.

Keywords: ACEH Survey  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

187. Hollwig, K. E. (2002). Efficacy of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in the treatment of trauma and anxiety disorders. California State University, Long Beach, CA. AAT 1409202.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
This study evaluated the efficacy of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing for treating trauma and anxiety disorders in adult, adolescent, and child clients with or without a dissociative disorder. Participants comprised 23 California-licensed mental health professionals who possessed at least a master's degree in the mental health field and specifically had been trained in EMDR by the EMDR Institute. Each participant completed a survey questionnaire developed specifically for this study. Results indicated significant differences between EMDR and the other surveyed therapeutic approaches for overall level of efficacy in treating trauma in adults and adolescents. Significant differences between EMDR and two other approaches for treating child trauma were also revealed. A significant difference was found between EMDR and one other approach for overall level of efficacy in treating anxiety in adults and adolescents. No significant differences were found between therapeutic approaches for treating child anxiety. Directions for future research are discussed.

Keywords: Anxiety Disorders  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

188. de Jongh, A., & ten Broeke, E. (2001, March). An efficient way of targeting traumatic material. EMDRIA Newsletter, 6(1), 4.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Besides the correct application of the basic EMDR protocol, one of the most important factors involving the treatment of trauma related conditions, is the way the traumatic material is targeted. For example, if clients have trouble processing, this could be due to a lack of focus which prevents the client from successfully tapping into his memory network. It’s our experience that, to adequately tap into the memory network, it is most useful to use a somewhat different strategy for ‘going back to target’ than which is described as part of the standard EMDR procedure. We would recommend the following procedure (see Box I).

Keywords: Targets  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

189. Grand, D. (2010, Octubre/Noviembre). El tratamiento de pacientes difíciles con EMDR: Escenas temidas [The treatment of difficult patients with EMDR: Scenes feared]. Pre congreso presentación en el II Congreso Iberoamericano de EMDR y Psicotrauma, Quito, Ecuador.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Keywords: Difficult Clients  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

190. Tripolt, R. (2012, June). EMDR in Motion. Using movement and body oriented therapeutic interweaves for complex trauma and dissociative symptoms [EMDR en movimiento. Usar el movimiento y la terapia orientada al cuerpo para traumas complejos y síntomas disociativos]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
"The Body Keeps the Score" (B. v.d. Kolk, 1996) Clients who suffer from traumatic stress are often afraid about disturbing and painful somatic symptoms. Structural dissociation alienates from body reactions. Nevertheless it is the body that "holds" the discomfort and painful memory of neglect and violence. Trauma Survivors tend to perceive their body as hostile. They suffer from Alexithymia deficiency of interpreting the meaning of body reactions and muscle activation. Trauma Survivors are easily irritated and tend to react with rage on very slight provocations and freeze when they are frustrated. Even minor problems cause fear and helplessness. The Polyvagal Theory (S. Porges 2010) proves the neurological aspect of behavioral patterns. Neurozeption describes how we perceive others in a neurological way. Certain behavioral patterns are established through life experiences. This research underlines Francine Shapiros AIP model and confirms the importance of a body orientated approach. We know that experiencing the effect of eye movement -­‐ and other bilateral stimulation, is a gentle and powerful way to bring the voice of the body into the therapeutic space. EMDR helps to integrate cognitive, emotional and body sensations. Using movement and body orientated skills in difficult processes f.e. with severely and/or early traumatised clients, even enhances the effect of EMDR. Content of the Workshop: Short theoretical implications: Polyvagal Theory and AIP Model. Stabilisation and Movement -­‐ creating a „Moving Container“: How to create a safe place of relationship and attachment between the client and the therapist by using movement and bodywork? The body is the most powerful resource: How to use movement to access this power. How to recognize and dissolve dissociation by body and movement awareness. EMDR Process and Movement : How to widen the „window of tolerance“ by using movement and deeper levels of body consciousness. Adding a fourth level of attention to the EMDR process: cognition -­‐ emotion -­‐ body scan -­‐ movement. Movement and reflex feedback as interweave technique in difficult processes. Methods used in the Workshop: Lecture and Video Presentation. Practical demonstration of some movement orientated techniques. Discussion.

“El cuerpo lleva la cuenta” (B. v.d. Kolk, 1996), los clientes que sufren de estrés traumático tienen a menudo miedo sobre sus síntomas somáticos preocupantes y dolorosos. La disociación estructural aliena las reacciones del cuerpo, sin embargo es el cuerpo el que “mantiene” el disconfort y el recuerdo doloroso de negligencia y violencia. Los supervivientes a un trauma suelen tender a percibir su propio cuerpo como hostil. Sufren de Alexitimia, deficiencias para interpretar las señales corporales y la activación muscular. Son fácilmente irritables y tienden a reaccionar con ira, con leves provocaciones y se “congelan” cuando están frustrados. Incluso problemas de fuerza menor causan miedo y desesperanza. La teoría polivagal (S. Porges 2010) prueba el aspecto neurológico de los patrones de comportamiento. La neurocepción describe cómo percibimos a los otros desde un punto de vista neurológico. Ciertos patrones de comportamiento están establecidos a través de las experiencias vitales. Esta investigación se basa en el modelo SPIA de Francine Shapiro y confirma la importancia del enfoque orientado al cuerpo. Sabemos que al experimentar el efecto de la estimulación ocular, y otras estimulaciones bilaterales, es un camino poderoso y suave para traer la voz del cuerpo dentro del espacio terapéutico. EMDR facilita la integración cognitiva emocional y corporal. Usar el movimiento y las habilidades orientadas al cuerpo en los procesos difíciles con clientes traumatizados, severamente o tempranamente, incluso amplifica el efecto terapéutico del EMDR Contenido del taller: Implicaciones teóricas: Teoría Polivagal y modelo SPIA Estabilización y movimiento – Crear un “recipiente de movimiento” Cómo crear un lugar seguro en relación al apego entre el cliente y el terapeuta usando movimiento y trabajo corporal. El cuerpo es el recurso más poderoso: Cómo usar el movimiento para acceder a este poder. Cómo reconocer y disolver la disociación en el cuerpo y la atención al movimiento. Procesamiento EMDR y movimiento: Cómo ampliar la "ventana de tolerancia" mediante el uso de movimientos y niveles más profundos de la conciencia del cuerpo. Añadir un 4 nivel de atención al procesamiento de EMDR: Cognición-­‐Emoción-­‐ Escáner corporal-­‐movimiento.

Keywords: Body Oriented Therapeutic Interweaves  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

191. Quinn, G. (2012, June). EMDR & acute stress syndrome/EMDR in early intervention - Immediate ERP treatment following trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Victims of immediate trauma often exhibit “silent terror” or extreme stress and often are likely to develop PTSD. The Emergency Response Procedure (ERP), described in the Humanitarian Assistance Program’s (HAP) Disaster Manual and Marilyn Luber’s: EMDR Scripted Protocols: Basic and Special Situations (2009) was developed to deal with victims of natural and manmade disaster within minutes to hours of exposure to trauma. Learning objectives: Participants in this workshop will learn how to respond to clients in the immediate aftermath of trauma, utilizing ERP. This will be understood within the overall context of the principles of Psychological First Aid. This same basic approach can be applied in the event of strong abreaction during the initial phase of history-­‐ taking and prior to the Preparation Phase of EMDR or at other times of treatment when patients exhibit strong emotional reactions. Similarly, treatment with ERP may also be considered for patients exhibiting this “silent terror” or extreme stress during initial treatment by first responders at the scene of an accident or in ambulances en route to medical facilities. A pilot study (in press) will be presented showing effectiveness at possibly preventing PTSD 2 years later compared to “treatment as usual”

Las víctimas del trauma inmediato frecuentemente exhiben “terror silencioso” o estrés extremo y a menudo son susceptibles de desarrollar TEPT. El Procedimiento de Respuesta en Emergencia (ERP), descrito en el Manual de Catástrofes de los Programas de Asistencia Humanitaria (HAP) y en el libro de EMDR Scripted Protocols: Basic and Special Situations (2009) ha sido desarrollado para lidiar con víctimas de desastres naturales y causados por el hombre a los minutos u horas de haber sido expuesto al trauma. Objetivos de aprendizaje: Los participantes de este taller aprenderán cómo responder a los clientes en los momentos siguientes al trauma, utilizando PRE. Esto se entenderá en el contexto general de los principios de los Primeros Auxilios Psicológicos. Este mismo enfoque básico se puede utilizar en el caso de una abreacción fuerte durante la fase inicial en la que se realiza la historia del paciente y antes de la Fase de Preparación de EMDR o en otras ocasiones durante el tratamiento cuando los pacientes muestran reacciones emocionales fuertes. De manera similar, el tratamiento con PRE puede considerarse también para pacientes que muestran este “terror silencioso” o estrés extremo durante el tratamiento inicial llevado a cabo por los servicios de asistencia en emergencias en la escena del accidente o en las ambulancias de camino a las instalaciones médicas. Un estudio piloto (en prensa) será presentada mostrando la efectividad de la posibilidad de prevenir el TEPT 2 años después comparándolo con “tratamiento habitual.”

Keywords: Acute Stress Syndrome  Early Intervention  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

192. Albers, J. (2008, June). EMDR & cue exposure – How cue exposure catalyses the effectiveness of the EMDR protocol to diminish craving. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A structured six-session group therapy has been developed for overcoming craving. Treatment is based upon a standard EMDR protocol supported by cue exposure techniques. The EMDR protocol supported by cue exposure catalyses the recovery process as follows: In the very beginning the participants are taught a set of three ideodynamic resources for coping with the urge to drink. Then they are exposed to alcohol until the urge to drink reaches it´s peak. At this moment they are taught to initialize the standard EMDR protocol - with continued exposure to alcohol. Subsequently, the power of desensitisation and reprocessing followed by one ideodynamic strategy influences the intensity of craving significantly. Craving symptoms diminish and finally disappear. In addition to that new experience the clients acquire greater and deeper knowledge about their personal drinking triggers. They also find out which strategy is the most effective one for each specific trigger. A strategy, which works well with one trigger, may not work with a different one. Workshop participants will learn the system of using cue exposure as a powerful cognitive interweave. This program is designed to improve the treatment of various types of addiction, such as gambling, etc. and can easily be integrated into existing EMDR treatment strategies.

Keywords: Cue Exposure  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

193. Korn, D. (2010, April). EMDR & the treatment of adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect: EMDR aanpassingen voor disregulatie bij Complexe PTSS [EMDR adaptations dysregulation in complex PTSD]. Keynote presented at the 4th EMDR Association Netherlands Conference, Nijmegen, The Netherlands.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Wanneer clienten met vroege, chronische traumatisering door middel van EMDR behandeld worden, moet de therapeut vaak als een soort ‘psychobiologische regelaar’ functioneren, om ervan verzekerd te zijn dat cliënten binnen hun Window of Tolerance blijven. De EMDR therapeut dient daarvoor actief te zijn in het bepalen van het optimale tempo van het verwerkingsproces gedurende de EMDR zitting. Dit is van belang om toegang te kunnen krijgen tot de eerder gedissocieerde kennis, gedragsmatige impulsen, gevoelens, en/of sensaties, en deze te kunnen blijven verdragen. De therapeut moet in staat zijn de signalen van disregulatie (bv hyper/hypo-arousal, bevriezen, dissociëren) te herkennen en door middel van specifieke interweaves erop in te kunnen spelen, om de cliënt in het proces te houden en te helpen met het verwerken van diverse aspecten met betrekking tot verantwoordelijkheid, veiligheid en keuze. Deze keynote zal een kader neerzetten voor het werken met complexe PTSS en disregulatie. Een aantal specifieke technieken, gericht op het omzeilen van therapeutische valkuilen bij deze chronisch getraumatiseerde cliënten, zullen kort worden besproken. Dit zal verduidelijkt worden door middel van opnames van EMDR sessies waarin er van moment tot moment de interacties tussen de therapeut en de cliënt geanalyseerd zullen worden. In de eendaagse workshop op de maandag na het congres zal veel uitvoeriger ingegaan worden op de ‘hoe, wat, wanneer en waarom vragen’ in de behandeling van Complexe PTSS.

When clients with early, chronic trauma treated by EMDR, the therapist often as a kind of 'psychobiological regulator "function, to satisfy itself that its customers remain within their Window of Tolerance. The EMDR therapist is therefore to be active in determining the optimal pace of the process during the EMDR session. This is important in order to be granted access to the previously dissociated knowledge, behavioral impulses, feelings, and/or sensations, and to continue to bear. The therapist should be able to dysregulation of signals (e.g. hyper / hypo-arousal, freezing, dissociate) to recognize specific interweaves through it in order to respond to the client in the process to keep and help in processing various aspects of responsibility, security and choice. This keynote will provide a framework drop for working with complex PTSD and dysregulation. Some specific techniques designed to circumvent these therapeutic pitfalls in chronically traumatized clients, will be briefly discussed. This will be clarified by means of recordings of sessions in which EMDR is from moment to moment interactions between therapist and client will be analyzed. The one-day workshop on the Monday after the congress will be much more detailed presentation on the 'how, what, when and why questions "in the treatment of Complex PTSD.

Keywords: Abuse  Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  C-PTSD  Keynote  Neglect  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

194. Shapiro, F., & Sherwel, C. (2004). EMDR (Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing): Desensibilizacion y reprocesamiento por medio de moimiento ocular [EMDR (Eye Movement desensitization and reprocessing): Desensitization and reprocessing of eye movement]. México: Pax México.

Language: Spanish

Format: Book

Abstract:
En tan solo unos cuantos años, el modo EMDR se ha convertido en el tratamiento más elaborado para el desorden de estrés postraumático (entre otras perturbaciones). El método EMDR es un tratamiento legítimo y poderoso. Modelo integral y eficiente en el tratamiento de experiencias perturbadoras, el método EMDR incorpora diversos aspectos de terapias sistémicas, psicodinámicas, experienciales, conductuales y corporales. Consiste en ocho fases que comprenden el uso de movimientos oculares y otras formas de estimulación izquierda-derecha. Es eficaz para tratar el desorden de estrés postraumático y reprocesar pensamientos y recuerdos perturbadores o problemas psicológicos de sobrevivientes de traumas, de abuso sexual, de crímenes, de combate bélico, así como de fobias y desórdenes causados por experiencias vivenciales y proporciona en poco tiempo efectos clínicos profundos y estables. Con descripciones y transcripciones detalladas, la autora guía al clínico por cada etapa del tratamiento terapéutico, desde la selección de los clientes hasta la aplicación del método y su integración dentro de un plan integral de tratamiento clínico. Escrito de manera accesible, este libro es una guía invaluable tanto para los clínicos experimentados en el tratamiento EMDR como para las personas que acaban de conocer el método, y para los estudiantes avanzados de psicología clínica y psicoterapia.

In just a few years, how EMDR has become more elaborate treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder (in other disturbances). EMDR is a legitimate and powerful treatment. Comprehensive and efficient model in the treatment of disturbing experiences, EMDR incorporates various aspects of systemic therapies, psychodynamic, experiential, behavioral and physical. It consists of eight phases that include the use of eye movements and other forms of left-right stimulation. Is effective in treating post-traumatic stress disorder and reprocess disturbing thoughts and memories or psychological problems of survivors of trauma, sexual abuse, crimes of war fighting, as well as phobias and disorders caused by life experiences and provides in a short time effects clinical deep and stable. With detailed descriptions and transcripts, the author guides the clinician through every stage of therapeutic treatment, from selection of clients to the application of the method and its integration into a comprehensive clinical treatment. Written in an accessible, this book is an invaluable guide both for experienced clinicians in the EMDR treatment to people who just know the method, and for advanced students of clinical psychology and psychotherapy.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

195. Parnell, L. (2001). EMDR - Der weg aus dem trauma: Über die heilung von traumata und emotionalen verletzungen [Transforming trauma: EMDR]. Paderborn: Junfermann Verlag GmbH & Co.

Language: German

Format: Book

Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) hat Tausenden von Menschen geholfen, die von schrecklichen Mißbrauchserlebnissen oder von Traumata verfolgt wurden. Die neue Methode vermag auch Patienten zu helfen, bei denen andere Therapieformen versagt haben, darunter Menschen, die an chronischen Problemen wie Eßstörungen, Angstzuständen, einem schwachen Selbstwertgefühl, Depressionen und Störungen ihrer Leistungsfähigkeit leiden. EMDR bringt Millionen von Menschen neue Hoffnung, denen gesagt wurde, ihre Genesung werde sich wohl über ihr ganzes weiteres Leben hinziehen. Die EMDR-Therapie bettet die Technik der Augenbewegung in einen umfassenden Ansatz ein, durch den Informationen verarbeitet werden, die sich in unverarbeiteter Form in Körper und Geist des Patienten verkapselt haben. Dadurch werden die Betroffenen von belastenden Bildern und Körperempfindungen, bedrückenden Emotionen und Einschränkenden Überzeugungen befreit. Bei Anwendung dieser Methode tritt die Heilung nicht nur wesentlich schneller ein als in der traditionellen Therapie, sondern die Klienten erleben auch ein Gefühl der Freude, Offenheit und tiefen Verbundenheit mit anderen. Laurel Parnell veranschaulicht uns auf fesselnde Weise die Wirkung von EMDR. In ihren mutmachenden Heilungsberichten versetzt sie die Leser in die Psyche ihrer Klienten, wo die Traumata, die jene in der Vergangenheit erlebt haben, erstarrt sind. Die Autorin veranschaulicht auf sorgsame, persönliche und verständliche Weise, wie EMDR es Menschen ermöglicht, über das bloße Überleben eines traumatischen Erlebnisse hinaus zu einer Erfahrung des Wohlbefindens und der Ganzheit zu gelangen. Ein allgemeinverständlich geschriebenes Buch, das allen, die sich erstmals mit dieser neuen revolutionären Therapieform beschäftigen wollen, einen umfassenden Einblick über die Methodik, den Ablauf, die vielfältigen Einsatzmöglichkeiten und die ungezählten erfolgreich durchgeführten Therapien vermittelt: Informativ. Fesselnd geschrieben. Hoffnung auf Heilung vermittelnd. Ein idealer Einstieg in EMDR.

EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) has helped thousands of people who were haunted by terrible abuse experiences or trauma. The new method can also help patients who have not responded to other therapies, including people who suffer from chronic problems such as eating disorders, anxiety, a low self-esteem, depression and disturbances of their capabilities. EMDR brings new hope to millions of people who have been told, their recovery will probably drag on through its entire life. The EMDR therapy embeds the technique of eye movement in a comprehensive approach that will be processed by the information, which have encapsulated in the natural state of body and mind of the patient. Thus the person concerned of incriminating images and body sensations, emotions and limiting beliefs are oppressive, free. In applying this method, the healing occurs not only much faster than in a traditional therapy, but the clients also experience a feeling of joy, openness and deep connection with others. Laurel Parnell are illustrated with fascinating way, the effect of EMDR. In its encouragement healing reports, they leave readers into the psyche of their clients, where the traumas, the former have experienced in the past freezes are. The author demonstrates in careful, personal and understandable way, such as EMDR allows people to reach beyond the mere survival of a traumatic experience also an experience of wellness and wholeness. A book, written in generally understandable to all, who would first deal with this revolutionary new form of therapy, provides a comprehensive insight into the methodology, process, the various applications and successfully executed countless therapies: Informative. written captivating. Hope for healing mediator. An ideal introduction to EMDR.

Keywords: Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

196. Hansen, H. S. (2009, Sommeren). EMDR - Et valg til behandling af PTSD?. Aalborg Universitet, Institut for Kommunikation, Aalborg, Denmark.

Language: Danish

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Denne afhandling har til formål at afdække, om behandling af Eye Movement Desensibilisering og oparbejdning (EMDR) er en effektiv behandling af Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). EMDR er blevet kaldt The Breakthrough behandling og Helbredelse af PTSD. Worldwide flere nationale sundhedsorganisationer anbefaler EMDR da behandlingen for klienter, der lider af PTSD, og denne anbefaling er understøttet af flere internationalt anerkendte forskere. Derudover en betydelig stort antal forskere er blevet offentliggjort, viser, at EMDR er en effektiv måde at behandle PTSD. I første omgang bør det præjudicielle spørgsmål være let at besvare, hvis det ikke havde været på grund af opskæring kontrast findes i flere andre offentliggjorte forsker og artikler påstår at EMDR ikke er effektiv, og ligger ved siden af at være en svindler. Denne kritik viser akademiske fejl og mangler i metoder til forskning og objektivitet. Som EMDR synes at opdele den akademiske samfund i "Hvem er for og hvem imod", det foreløbige Spørgsmålet er ikke ansvarlig i første omgang. I nærmer et svar på spørgsmålet, to teoretiske dele vil være repræsenteret. I første hoveddel, diagnose af PTSD vil blive taget igennem. Diagnosen er forholdsvis ny og indeholder en kompleksitet, som er nødvendig for at afdække, før den fremlægger det teoretiske fundament for EMDR. Delvis kompleksitet PTSD skyldes det faktum, at mere eller mindre, PTSD har erstattet begrebet krise i praksis, mens den tidligere adskilte diagnoser er inkluderet i PTSD i dag. Som et eksempel det har ført til, mentalt stabile personer, der har været traumatiseret, er diagnosticeret med samme diagnose som traumatiseret personer, der lider af en alvorlig personlighedsforstyrrelser. For eksempel denne konstellation gør det vanskeligt at forske i effektiviteten af de behandlinger, som den samme behandling kan resultere forskelligt, alt efter hvilken gruppe af personer i spørgsmålet. Efter at have gjort diagnosen PTSD igennem, den anden teoretisk vigtigste del, som er på EMDR, vil blive præsenteret. Ved første, i denne del, vil det teoretiske grundlag for EMDR være fremvises for at opnå et bedre perspektiv af følgende kritik. Afhandlingen rundes af med en bred debat og en efterfølgende konklusion. Blandt andet konkluderer afhandlingen, at EMDR virker effektivt på isolerede symptomer på PTSD til en hel del længde. EMDR virker effektivt på flashbacks negative og invaderende tanker og derfor EMDR kan anbefales som en mulig valg af behandling, og bekvemt som et supplement. At den teoretiske fundament af effektiviteten af EMDR bør ikke kun være en variant af kognitiv eksponering terapi er imidlertid meget svage og mangler en uafhængig evidensbaseret forskning.

This dissertation seeks to uncover whether the therapy of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is an effective treatment of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). EMDR has been termed as The Breakthrough Therapy and The Cure of PTSD. Worldwide several national health organizations recommend EMDR as the treatment for clients suffering from PTSD, and this recommendation is supported by several internationally recognized academics. Additionally a considerable large number of researches have been published, showing that EMDR is an effective way of treating PTSD. At first, the preliminary question should be easy to answer, had it not been due to the cutting contrast found in several other published researches and articles claiming that EMDR is not effective and is next to being a fraud. This criticism indicates academic errors and deficiencies in methods of research and objectiveness. As EMDR seems to divide the academic societies into “who´s for and who´s against”, the preliminary question is not answerable at first. In approaching an answer to the question, two theoretical parts will be represented. In the first main part, the diagnosis of PTSD will be taken through. The diagnosis is rather new and contains a complexity, which is necessary to uncover, before presenting the theoretical foundation of EMDR. Partly the complexity of PTSD is due to the fact that, more or less, PTSD has replaced the concept of crisis in practice, whereas former separated diagnoses are included in PTSD today. As an example it has led to, mentally stable persons, who have been traumatized, are diagnosed with the same diagnosis as traumatized persons suffering from severe personality disorders. For example this constellation makes it difficult to research the efficiency of the therapies, as the same therapies can result differently according to which group of persons in question. Having taken the diagnosis of PTSD through, the second theoretical main part which is on EMDR, will be presented. At first, in this part, the theoretical foundation of EMDR will be presented to obtain a better perspective of the following criticism. The dissertation closes with a broad discussion and a subsequent conclusion. Among others, the dissertation concludes that EMDR works effectively on isolated symptoms of PTSD to quite some length. EMDR works effectively on flashbacks, negative and invading thoughts and therefore EMDR is recommendable as a possible choice of therapy, conveniently as a supplement. That the theoretical foundation of the effectiveness of EMDR should not be only a variant of cognitive exposure therapy is, however, very frail and lacks an independent evidence-based research.

Keywords: Literature Review  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

197. Johannesson, K. B. (2011, June). EMDR - An integrative psychotherapy approach for working with trauma based disorders. Preconference presentation at the 12th annual meeting of the European Society for Traumatic Stress Studies (ESTSS) Conference, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a trauma-focused method for treating PTSD and painful memories. The method integrates elements from several psychotherapeutic schools such as cognitive, behavioural, and psychodynamic orientations. Although there are elements of free associations during processing, the treatment follows a structured protocol with components of dosed exposure. The method has been noticed for its elements of bilateral stimulation; however it has been considered that several parts of the method contribute to its effectiveness. For a single traumatic experience, usually only a few sessions seem to be required even if in complex cases the length of treatment can become quite extended. In its original form EMDR was developed for adults, but the method can easily be adapted also for children. The first study was published in 1989 by Francine Shapiro, the inventor of EMDR, demonstrating that clients after three sessions of EMDR did not longer meet criteria for PTSD. Her publication was met by both interest and scepticism. Today EMDR is widely accepted and practiced by psychotherapists in many countries throughout the world. Guidelines from the International Society of Traumatic Stress Studies recommend EMDR for the treatment of PTSD and British researchers have found that EMDR is equally effective as trauma-focussed CBT for chronic PTSD. This workshop will give an introduction to EMDR: explaining the theoretical model underlying the method, presenting the structure of a session, and discussing suggested mechanisms of action. In addition some case examples will be highlighted.

Keywords: Treatment  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

198. Johannesson, K. B. (2011, June). EMDR - An integrative psychotherapy approach for working with trauma based disorders. Pre-conference presentation at the 12th European Conference on Traumatic Stress (ECOTS), Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a trauma-focused method for treating PTSD and painful memories. The method integrates elements from several psychotherapeutic schools such as cognitive, behavioural, and psychodynamic orientations. Although there are elements of free associations during processing, the treatment follows a structured protocol with components of dosed exposure. The method has been noticed for its elements of bilateral stimulation; however it has been considered that several parts of the method contribute to its effectiveness. For a single traumatic experience, usually only a few sessions seem to be required even if in complex cases the length of treatment can become quite extended. In its original form EMDR was developed for adults, but the method can easily be adapted also for children. The first study was published in 1989 by Francine Shapiro, the inventor of EMDR, demonstrating that clients after three sessions of EMDR did not longer meet criteria for PTSD. Her publication was met by both interest and scepticism. Today EMDR is widely accepted and practiced by psychotherapists in many countries throughout the world. Guidelines from the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies recommend EMDR for the treatment of PTSD and British researchers have found that EMDR is equally effective as trauma-focussed CBT for chronic PTSD. This workshop will give an introduction to EMDR: explaining the theoretical model underlying the method, presenting the structure of a session, and discussing suggested mechanisms of action. In addition some case examples will be highlighted.

Keywords: Trauma-Based Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

199. Titze, M. (1997). EMDR - Unterstützte thematisierung bei psychodynamisch fundierten fokaltherapien [EMDR - Supported theming in-depth psychodynamic focal therapy]. In C. T. Eschenröder: EMDR. Eine neue Methode zur Verarbeitung traumatischer Erinnerungen (pp. 179-188). Tübingen: DGVT-Verlag.

Language: German

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Lange Zeit galt eine im Sinne der psychoanalytischen Standardmethode durchgeführte Langzeittherapie als qualitativ besonders hochstehend. Dabei ließ sich argumentieren, dass die entscheidenden Eckpfeiler des analytischen Prozesses (Erinnern, Wiederholen, Durcharbeiten) einer zeitaufwendigen Methodik (freie Assoziation, "gleichschwebende Aufmerksamkeit" und regressionsfördernde Zurückhaltung / Schweigen des Analytikers, Übertragungs- und Widerstandsdeutungen usw.) bedürfen (vgl. Thomä & Kächele, 1989). Eine unbestreitbare methodische Schwäche dieser Vorgehensweise resultiert allerdings aus dem Verzicht auf eine aktive Strukturierung durch den Analytiker. Dies kann dazu führen, dass sich manche Klienten in der realen therapeutischen Beziehung allein gelassen bzw. nicht ernst genommen fühlen. Eine nicht selten mehrjährige Behandlungsdauer kann zudem eine Unzufriedenheit hervorrufen, die dann zu realen Widerstandstendenzen auf Seiten des Klienten führen wird, wenn ein spürbarer Behandlungserfolg ausblieb (vgl. dazu Eschenröder, 1986, Kap. 11). Doch es sind nicht allein solche Einwände, die zu einer Relativierung der Bedeutung von analytischen Langzeittherapien geführt haben. Es waren auch reale ökonomische Gegebenheiten, die diese Bedeutung in den letzten Jahren zunehmend in Frage gestellt haben. Nachdem nämlich, zunächst in den Vereinigten Staaten, die Versicherungen dazu übergegangen sind, nur eine stark begrenzte Anzahl psychothe-rapeutischer Leistungen zu erstatten, kam es auch im Bereich der Tiefenpsychologie zu einer verstärkten Hinwendung gegenüber kurzzeittherapeutischen Verfahren (vgl. Goleman, 1981).

Long considered a standard in the sense of the psychoanalytic method carried out as long-term therapy of particularly high standing. It could be argued that the crucial cornerstone of the analytical process (remembering, repeating, working through) a time-consuming method require (free association, evenly suspended attention "and regression-promoting restraint / silence of the analyst, transference and resistance interpretations, etc.) (see Thoma & Kächele, 1989). One undoubted methodological weakness of this approach, however, results from the absence of an active structure by the analyst. This can cause that some clients feel in the real therapeutic relationship alone and not taken seriously. An often multi-year duration of treatment may also cause discontent that will lead to real resistance tendencies on the part of the client when a substantial treatment effect failed to (cf. Eschenröder, 1986, Chapter 11). But it is not only an objection that led to a relativization of the importance of long-term analytic therapies. There were also real economic conditions that have made this meaning in recent years increasingly in question. After that is to report first in the United States, the insurance companies have started, only a very limited number of psychotherapy therapeutic services were also provided in the field of depth psychology (1981 cf. Goleman,) to an increased turn over short-therapeutic procedures.

Keywords: Focal Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

200. Veerbeek, V. (2010, April). EMDR als onderdeel forensische behandeling van ernstig gewelddadig gedrag: Vreemde eend in de bijt? [EMDR as part forensic examination of serious violent behavior: Odd man out?]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de vierde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, The Nederlands.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Op ernstig geweld, zeker met fatale afloop, wordt door de maatschappij doorgaans geschokt gereageerd en is het resultaat van berechting vooral “leedtoevoeging” in de vorm van lange gevangenisstraffen. De behandeling in de gevangenis of op een forensische polikliniek staat overwegend in het teken van het nemen van verantwoording voor het gewelddadig gedrag en het aanleren van agressieregulatievaardigheden. Wanneer de cliënt zich als slachtoffer opstelt, roept dit bij de therapeut irritatie op; de cliënt merkt dit, neemt nog meer afstand van de therapeut, hetgeen vervolgens weer machteloosheid, veroordeling en boosheid oproept bij de therapeut. De cliënt als slachtoffer is taboe. In dat licht wordt door collega’s weleens met de nodige scepsis aangekeken tegen EMDR-behandeling van cliënten met ernstig gewelddadig gedrag. In deze workshop komen allereerst de vooroordelen van de therapeut zelf tegen de cliënt en de vooroordelen van de collega’s tegen traumaverwerking bij ernstig gewelddadige cliënten aan bod. Deze vooroordelen staan goede diagnostiek en een goede therapeutische relatie in de weg. Gepropageerd wordt om “neutraal” en grondig onderzoek te doen, net als bij een vliegtuigcrash. Aan de hand van casuïstiek komen enkele sleutelvragen aan bod, die in het zoekproces en de casusconceptualisatie van groot belang zijn. Wanneer onverwerkte ervaringen vanuit het verleden een rol spelen bij (de mate van) agressie, zullen deze ervaringen middels EMDR bewerkt dienen te worden. Hoe groter de vroeger ervaren machteloosheid en vernedering, hoe groter de kans dat de huidig ervaren agressieve lading niet zal verminderen met uitsluitend agressieregulatietherapie. Geïllustreerd wordt hoe EMDR, al of niet met recripting als CI, daarnaast een rol kan spelen bij actuele wraak-drang en wraakgedachten. Videomateriaal wordt ter illustratie gebruikt. Stil wordt gestaan bij de waarde van het inoefenen van de veilige plek en hoe agitatie in en buiten de therapiezitting hierdoor snel kan verminderen. Tot slot zal worden ingegaan op het experimenteel gebruik van EMDR als hulpmiddel bij delictanalyse – en delictverwerking, onder meer bij een cliënt die zijn kind ombracht. Bij huiselijk geweld is meer dan eens sprake van een lange opmaat tot het delict, waarbij een opstapeling van door de cliënt als vernedering ervaren incidenten (waarbij al of niet vroegere ervaringen worden getriggerd) kan leiden tot excessief en soms fataal geweld. Het middels EMDR “linksom” bewerken van deze “opmaat”-ervaringen, gevolgd door het middels EMDR doorwerken van het delict zelf, kunnen leiden tot het werkelijk voelen en nemen van de eigen verantwoordelijkheid, bieden een heldere inkijk in de emotionele dynamiek van de cliënt ten tijde van het plegen van het delict en bieden derhalve belangrijke aangrijpingspunten voor een gedetailleerd terugvalpreventieplan.

On serious violence, especially fatal, is usually shocked by the company responded and is mainly the result of trial "added suffering" in the form of long prison sentences. The treatment in prison or a forensic clinic is mainly devoted to taking responsibility for violent behavior and learning of aggression control skills. If the client is a victim accounts, the therapist calls this irritation, the client notes it, takes more from the therapist, which in turn helplessness, anger and condemnation by calling the therapist. The client as a victim is taboo. In that light by colleagues ever looked with skepticism at EMDR treatment of clients with serious violent behavior. In this workshop, first, the prejudices of the therapist himself against the client and the prejudices of colleagues from trauma in severely violent clients addressed. These prejudices are good diagnosis and a good therapeutic relationship in the road. Propagated to "neutral" and thorough research, as in a plane crash. Using case studies reveal some key questions addressed, in the search process and casusconceptualisatie of great importance. When unprocessed experiences from the past play a role (level of) aggression, these experiences need to be modified through EMDR. The greater the past experience powerlessness and humiliation, the more likely that the current load experienced aggressive not only will reduce aggression regulation therapy. Illustrated how EMDR, with or without recripting as CI, also play a role in current-craving revenge and revenge. Video material will be used for illustration. Silence is paid to the value of practicing safe and how the agitation inside and outside the therapy session this rapid decrease. Finally, consider the experimental use of EMDR as a tool for crime analysis - and crime scene processing, including in a client that his child killed. In domestic violence more than once been a long prelude to the offense, with an accumulation of humiliation experienced by the client as incidents (with or without previous experience are triggered) can lead to excessive and sometimes lethal force. It means EMDR "left" edit this "overture" experience, followed by using EMDR to work on the crime itself, can lead to really feel and take personal responsibility, provide a clear insight into the emotional dynamics of the client at the time of committing the offense and therefore provide important leads for a detailed relapse prevention plan.

Keywords: Forensic Examination  Violent Behavior  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

201. Adler-Tapia, R. L., & Settle, C. S. (2009, March). EMDR and adaptive information processing theory: A comprehensive approach to child psychotherapy. Clinical Child Psychology and Psychiatry, (1), 12-15.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Whether you are first learning about Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) or you have participated in EMDR training, the goal of this article is to provide the reader with a brief overview of strategies for using the full protocol with young children. To understand the process by which the phases of the protocol are applied with child clients, it is important to understand the theoretical underpinnings that Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) theory creates as a foundation for healing and health with children. After discussing the application of AIP to children, the chapter will continue with an overview of skills therapists can use to create a toolbox that can be integrated into the EMDR eight phase treatment protocol with references for additional study and training on using EMDR with children. Finally, therapists will begin to learn how to adapt the full EMDR protocol for effective psychotherapy through developmentally suited language and interventions with even the youngest of clients.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

202. Spuijbroek, P. (2010, July). EMDR and ASD? Yes! EMDR in relation with austistic spectrum. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A lot of children with autism spectrum disorders are treated with EMDR in my practice, especially whenever there are traumatic situations, ( i.e. bullying!!, sexual harassment) anxiety, often as a start of further treatment or embedded in an cognitive therapy. I want to share my experiences with other participants by showing videos and be helpful with solutions/ adjustments in treatments. Make participants aware of different approaches. Why is EMDR useful at ASD, indications and contra indication, which difficulties are being to be considered with clients with ASD, which results could be expected? And which solutions or adjustments are helpful. My presentation has videos, which will show the theory.

Keywords: ASD  Autism  Autistic Spectrum Disorder  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

203. Herbert, C. (2001, May). EMDR and CBT interweave. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Cognitive interweaves are strategic interventions, whose utilisation relies upon therapist recognition of their necessity at given times during the EMDR procedure, and their effective use requires skilled therapeutic judgement and the introduction of the appropriate clinicianled cognitive material in order to counteract the blocked processing. The use of cognitive interweaves therefore diverges from the established EMDR protocol by introducing therapist generated material rather than just following the clients spontaneously processed material. It will be argued in this presentation that, due to the divergence from the established EMDR protocol, the effective implementation of cognitive interweaves, requires the knowledge of additional therapeutic strategies, predominantly those used in Cognitive Behaviour Therapeutic (CBT) approaches, which may not be readily accessible to EMDR practitioners not trained in this approach. This presentation aims to bridge the gap between the traditionally 'too-heavily protected' territories of CBT and EMDR, by introducing some CBT strategies, such as 'Socratic Questioning (Padesky, 1993)' or the Cognitive 'Separation of the Past from the Present (Herbert & Wetrnore, 1999'), which might be usefully drawn on, in order to generate effective cognitive interweaves during the use of EMDR. Clinical examples from the presenter's work, as an UKCP Accredited Cognitive Behavioural Therapist and a Level 2 trained EMDR Practitioner, with clients suffering from complex PTSD, will be explored.

Keywords: CBT  CBT Interweave  Cognitive Behavioral Therapy  Cognitive Interweave  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

204. Rivas, C. (2012, April). EMDR and chronic illnesses. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Chronc diseases represent a complex area on the health-illness continuum. When a chronic disease is diagnosed, clients may require ongoing support to cope with life changes and management of their health. During this workshop, participants will be introduced to the general aspects of chronic diseases and how clients’psychological symptoms can be understood from the Adaptive Information Processing(AIP) model. Also, EMDR clinicians will learn how to structure an intervention for different types of chronic diseases, using the 8 steps of the Basic Protocol, identifying the key issues for each condition, according to a past-present-future timeline. Examples will be based on cancer, diabetes, and HIV/AIDS cases.
Learning objectives: 1.Identify the challenges associated with chronic diseases such as cancer, diabetes and HIV/AIDS 2. Utilize the Adaptative Information Processing (AIP) model to understand the psychological dimension of chronic diseases (e.g. anxiety, depression, guilt, shame, self-image issues, etcetera) 3. Use the EMDR basic protocol to structure interventions suitable for people living with human health conditions.

Keywords: Chronic Illnesses  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

205. Spierings, J. (2013, June). EMDR and combined techniques in the treatment of (complicated) mourning. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with mourning clients can be difficult. To face the irrevocability of loss and to stand helpless and empty-handed as a therapist is a heavy burden. Sometimes it seems there is nothing we can do to help our clients. Yet there are many ways in which EMDR can contribute to help our clients to live a valuable life after a serious loss.
In this presentation the psychodynamics of complicated mourning are discussed. Treatment strategies and treatment techniques (both EMDR and combined techniques) are developed for specific patterns of complicated mourning (i.e. denied mourning, postponed mourning, chronic mourning, distorted mourning, traumatized mourning, somatized mourning).
Some non-EMDR techniques (rituals, Gestalt dialogue, writing assignments, imagination techniques) will be integrated into EMDR treatment. Also practical interventions to address resistance and affect regulation problems will be discussed.
Learning Objectives: What are the key aspects of using EMDR with issues of grief and mourning; Outline the core characteristics of stabilization and resourcing for this population; Review the range of cognitive interviews that have an application when evidence of blocked processing is apparent with this client group

Keywords: Grief  Mourning  Resourcing  Stabilization  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

206. Matthess, H., Vojtova, H., & Dellucci, H. (2012, March). EMDR and complex trauma. Presentation at the 3rd Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation, Berlin, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is widely recognized as a therapy of choice in psychotraumatology. However treating clients who suffer from complex traumatization, and especially dissociative disorder, using EMDR straightaway in its standard form is very difficult. “By far, the greatest number of reported difficulties and stories of clinical problems and potential harm through the improper use of EMDR had involved clients with dissociative disorders.” Shapiro (2001, p. 308). Does this mean that people who have complex trauma and dissociative disorder could not benefit from EMDR? Which adaptations of the standard protocols in the different phases of the EMDR process are crucial in order to use EMDR to enhance the clients’ capacities and diminish their suffering? Which indicators should be considered? How can clinicians provide a safe and efficient help, without getting lost in this difficult treatment patterns, by knowing what to do and why? This workshop is designed for practitioners familiar with EMDR. It will provide a general overview of essential modifications of the standard EMDR protocol for complex traumatized clients. The theoretical part will focus on an understanding of the underlying EMDR working mechanism as far as discussed today, on knowledge of dissociation as a result of complex traumatization, in the context of the AIP model (adaptive information processing), the attachment theory, the theory of structural dissociation and recent research findings. The emphasis will be on practical applications of these insights into a comprehensive treatment of this group of clients. Based on the experience of the presenters, implementing use of bilateral stimulation in all phases of therapy will be shown. Important considerations according possible iatrogenic harm will be discussed. Case examples from practice will be provided, including videos.

Keywords: Complex Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

207. Richman, A. (2003, March). EMDR and cross-cultural issues. Presentation at the 1st annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, London, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
As trauma therapists, we are increasingly encountering the challenges of using EMDR cross-culturally with highly traumatised clients who are refugees from war torn countires and/or oppressive regimes. This presentation seeks to address some of the difficulties of working across cultures, often with the aid of interpreters.

Keywords: Cross-Cultural Issues  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

208. Gonzalez, A., & Mosquera, D. (2012, June). EMDR and dissociation: The progressive approach. A. I. [Amazon.co.uk].

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
After the first cautions for the use of EMDR in dissociative disorders, many proposals have been done to adapt EMDR procedures to this specific population. Interesting interventions have been done for the use of EMDR in the preparation phase, but in spite of these useful proposals, EMDR is still considered by many clinicians as an intervention that is limited for the treatment of traumatic memories. From this conceptualization, which we have called the all/nothing perspective, the use of EMDR is strongly limited. Many clinicians wait years for trauma reprocessing. As a consequence of this conceptualization, many EMDR therapists do not use EMDR with most of their dissociative clients, and just use it with highly functioning patients, sometimes after years of therapy with other approaches. In this workshop we will describe (and exemplify with clinical cases and videos) different interventions with EMDR in dissociative clients, from the preparatory phase, in what we have called a Progressive Approach. The way in which specific EMDR procedures can contribute to enhance recovery in survivors will be explained. For doing this, concepts from the different approaches and scientific knowledge about severe traumatization will be integrated with the Adaptive Information Processing Model from EMDR. The idea is to propose a holistic model for EMDR therapy in Dissociative Disorders. The interweaving between theoretical concepts and clinical procedures, theoretical developments and video examples, will allow the audience to assimilate information and translate it to their clinical practice. Therapist from approaches different from EMDR will understand what this therapy can offer to the treatment of severely traumatized people. EMDR therapists will learn new proposals of interventions at the different phases of the treatment. We will present different examples of interventions in severely traumatized patients: DID, DESNOS, BPD and Somatoform dissociation.

Keywords: Dissociation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

209. Eliscu, M.S., Fitzgerald, J., Gomez, A., Bergmann, U., Page, R., Cloud, L., Davis, K., & Janis, K. O. (2010, September/October). EMDR and diversity: A panel presentation discussion. Panel discussion at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The workshop will consist of a panel of EMDR clinicians who work with a particular population of clients with whom the clinician shares a background or heritage or with whom he/she has a deep sense of empathy and understanding. Each presenter will explain how he/she came to work with this population. This will be followed by a response to three questions about using EMDR with a particular population. In addition, presenters will explain what special approaches and adaptations (if any) work to benefit the population they serve. They will also address what unspoken issues may be important in treating each population.

Keywords: Diversity  Panel Discussion  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

210. Virdi, P., Plassmann, R., Seidel, M., & Konuk, E. (2010, June). EMDR and eating disorders. In Eating disorders. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Frequently for clients with eating disorders their complex histories contain many trauma experiences suggesting the potential illustration of EMDR as an adjunctive psychological treatment intervention. Although the amount of evidence based practice is presently not strong in supporting EMDR with this client group there is increasing practice based evidence outlining its potential usefulness with this client group. This symposium will outline the utilization of EMDR in various eating disorders clinical services in the United Kingdom, Germany and Turkey outlining how utilizing the AiP model end how EMDR was effectively integrated into the overall treatment pathway of care for children, adolescents, and adults.

Keywords: Eating Disorders  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

211. Paterson, M. J. (2009, March). EMDR and ego state therapy: Healing complex trauma and dissociation. Presentation at the EMDR Association UK & Ireland, Manchester, England UK .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
We all display particular patterns of thinking, feeling and acting, depending on the situation. The transition is usually seamless in well-adjusted people, but where there has been disrupted attachment or sustained early life trauma the result is often the formation of particular ego states, also known as alters, parts, or schema modes. These states perform roles usually geared towards survival, but in adulthood they can be dysfunctional. Depending upon a client’s early life experiences some ego states can be malevolent, wanting bad things for the client such as willing them to suffer in some way. It is necessary for clients to remain safe during EMDR sessions and contained between sessions. There is a need, therefore, to learn techniques to work with more difficult clients so they too can benefit from EMDR. It is also helpful to know how to deal with blocked processing due to the interference of an ego-state. This workshop provides an overview of dissociation and a review of models to explain it. There will be an explanation of Ego State Therapy (EST) and how it fits with EMDR. Clinical case material is used to illustrate learning points. Through demonstration and practice participants will learn how to access ego states in a controlled way and effect therapeutic change. In the latter part of the day, participants will see a video of a live case where EST is used effectively to moderate the malevolence displayed by two difficult ego states. Learning objectives  Understand the forms of dissociation  Understand the concept of ego state therapy.  Learn how to access ego states in a controlled way and effect therapeutic change.  Learn techniques to deal with difficult ego states.

Keywords: Dissociation  Ego State Therapy  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

212. Paterson, M. (2010, April). EMDR and ego state therapy: Healing complex trauma and dissociation. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting for the European Society for Trauma and Dissociation, Belfast, Northern Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
We all display particular patterns of thinking, feeling and acting, depending on the situation. The transition is usually seamless in well-adjusted people, but where there has been disrupted attachment or sustained early life trauma the result is often the formation of particular ego states, also known as alters, parts, or schema modes. These states perform roles usually geared towards survival, but in adulthood they can be dysfunctional. Depending upon a client’s early life experiences some ego states can be malevolent, wanting bad things for the client such as willing them to suffer in some way. These clients present us with the greatest challenges through what we know as complex trauma and dissociative disorders. It is necessary for clients to remain stable during EMDR sessions and contained between sessions, particularly with complex trauma and dissociative disorders. There is a need, therefore, to learn techniques to work in the Preparation Phase with more difficult clients so they too can benefit from the full EMDR protocol. It is also helpful to know how to deal with blocked processing in the Desensitization Phase due to the interference of an ego-state. This workshop initially provides an overview of dissociation and how it impacts on EMDR processing. There will be an explanation of Ego State Therapy (EST) and how it fits with EMDR to provide the stabilization clients need, as well as dealing with blocked processing. Clinical case material is used throughout to illustrate learning points. Through demonstration and practice participants will learn how to build resources for clients, access ego states in a controlled way and effect therapeutic change. In the latter part of the day, participants will see videos of live cases where EST is used effectively in the Preparation Phase of EMDR to: 1) identify the part-selves and 2) moderate the malevolence displayed by two difficult ego states. Learning objectives Understand how complex trauma and dissociative disorders impact EMDR processing Understand the concept of working with part-selves as a way of preparing clients for the standard EMDR protocol. Learn how to access ego states in a controlled way and effect therapeutic change and stability. Learn techniques to deal with difficult ego states.

Keywords: Dissociation  Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

213. Peterson, M. 2010, April). EMDR and ego state therapy: Healing complex trauma and dissociation. Presentation at the 2nd Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Belfast, Northern Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
We all display particular patterns of thinking, feeling and acting, depending on the situation. The transition is usually seamless in well-adjusted people, but where there has been disrupted attachment or sustained early life trauma the result is often the formation of particular ego states, also known as alters, parts, or schema modes. These states perform roles usually geared towards survival, but in adulthood they can be dysfunctional. Depending upon a client’s early life experiences some ego states can be malevolent, wanting bad things for the client such as willing them to suffer in some way. These clients present us with the greatest challenges through what we know as complex trauma and dissociative disorders. It is necessary for clients to remain stable during EMDR sessions and contained between sessions, particularly with complex trauma and dissociative disorders. There is a need, therefore, to learn techniques to work in the Preparation Phase with more difficult clients so they too can benefit from the full EMDR protocol. It is also helpful to know how to deal with blocked processing in the Desensitization Phase due to the interference of an ego-state. This workshop initially provides an overview of dissociation and how it impacts on EMDR processing. There will be an explanation of Ego State Therapy (EST) and how it fits with EMDR to provide the stabilization clients need, as well as dealing with blocked processing. Clinical case material is used throughout to illustrate learning points. Through demonstration and practice participants will learn how to build resources for clients, access ego states in a controlled way and effect therapeutic change. In the latter part of the day, participants will see videos of live cases where EST is used effectively in the Preparation Phase of EMDR to: 1) identify the part-selves and 2) moderate the malevolence displayed by two difficult ego states. Learning objectives Understand how complex trauma and dissociative disorders impact EMDR processing Understand the concept of working with part-selves as a way of preparing clients for the standard EMDR protocol. Learn how to access ego states in a controlled way and effect therapeutic change and stability. Learn techniques to deal with difficult ego states.

Keywords: Complex Trauma  Dissociation  Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

214. Paulsen, S. L. (2003, September). EMDR and ego state therapy:  Energizing disowned aspects of self with dissociative table technique interwoven with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Ego State Therapy is a tool for EMDR practitioners seeking to resolve looping, identify early childhood targets, enhance containment, and more. Dissociative Table is an ego state approach that enables rapid visualization of disowned ego states without formal trance induction. It energizes and egotizes aspects of self so that resistance can reduced through internal education and mediation. EMDR and ego state therapy can be interwoven to manage the level of affective arousal by creating closeness to or distance from disturbing material. The workshop will also present ACT-AS-IF, a step-by-step approach to preparing dissociative clients for EMDR processing.

Keywords: Act-As-If  Dissociative Table Technique  Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

215. Grand, D. (2000, September). EMDR and ego state therapy:  Experiential learning through video and audience participation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn technical complexities, knowledge base and experiential learning in synthesizing EMDR and Ego State Therapy; 2) learn to assess why, how, and when there is value in introducing ego state work in a client's EMDR process; 3) learn preparatory activation of ego state for resource installation purposes with pre-EMDR clients; and 4) learn calling out ego states as an interweave during desensitization phase, when clients are stuck or looping, and skillful use of egaging ego states helps both in identifiying and untangling treatment-impeding conflicts.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

216. Inobe, S. P. (2000, September). EMDR and ego state therapy:  Practical implications for the desensitization and reprocessing of EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will learn to: 1) employ ego state therapy techniques and language to use with clients during desensitization and reprocessing phases of treatment; 2) work with and strengthen a self-system's internal strengths and weaknesses during processing, installation, and integration; 3) name specific techniques to ensure safety and containment; and 4) identify ways to recover from mid-EMDR processing failure.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy  Processing Failure  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

217. Schmidt, S. J. (2000, September). EMDR and ego state therapy:  A resource-focused protocol using client art. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn a resource-focused protocol which integrates EMDR, art therapy, and ego state therapy; 2) learn how to elicit clients' drawings of resource ego states and traumatized ego states; 3) learn ways to use these drawings for ego state strengthening; 4) learn how to use ego state drawings as focal points for eye movements; 5) learn sample dialogues to facilitate understanding and cooperation between ego states drawn; and 6) learn ways to use ego state drawings to titrate overwhelming affect.

Keywords: Art Therapy  Ego State Therapy  Resource-Focused EMDR  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

218. Forgash, C. A. (2000, September). EMDR and ego state therapy:  Theoretical overview, diagnostic approach, and client preparation for EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will learn: 1) the fundamentals of Ego State theory, and application of Ego State work; 2) case conceptualization from an integrated Ego State/EMDR model; 3) how utilization of the Ego State model can prevent EMDR treatment failures; and 4) a variety of Ego State therapy strategies for helping prepare all clients for the EMDR protocol.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

219. Bergmann, U. (2000, September). EMDR and ego state therapy:  Treating the spectrum of personality disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn the applications of the Ego State concepts and techniques to all phases of the EMDR process in order to facilitate the treatment of clients with personality disorders; 2) learn how to developmentally assess, identify, map, and access ego states of personality disordered clients and how to promote their ego state participation in EMDR sessions; and 3) understand how treatment of personality disorder is usually longer-term EMDR, interweaving the activation of fear-based, aggressivized infantile ego states necessary to deepen and accelerate processing and desensitization.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy  Personality Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

220. Twombly, J. (2008, April). EMDR and EMDR adaptions in the treatment of dissociative disorders. Presentation at the 1st Bi-Annual European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop offers ways to incorporate Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing in the treatment of clients with Dissociative Identity Disorder, Dissociative Disorder Not Otherwise Specified and ego state work. Used carefully, EMDR and EMDR adaptations can accelerate the treatment process. A liability is that its incorrect use can accelerate decompensation in clients with complex trauma and attachment disordered histories. This workshop offers suggested uses of EMDR and EMDR adaptations to facilitate stabilization, orientation to the present, decrease some negative transferences and to provide a protective format for processing traumatic material. Learning objectives: 1. Participant is able to identify stages of treatment of dissociative disordered clients where EMDR and EMDR adaptations can be used. 2. Participant is able to use EMDR adaptations to orient dissociated parts of the mind to present time. 3. Participant has knowledge of how to develop a controlled process of using EMDR for trauma processing.

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

221. Curran, L. A. (2009, January). EMDR and EMDR related techniques for effective trauma treatment. Wayne State University, School of Social Work, Center for Social Work Practice Policy and Research, Fort Washington, PA.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Beginning in the 1990s, Francine Shapiro had discovered and began researching a new neurophysiological technique for treating traumatic material. This technique, alternating bilateral stimulation, was quickly subsumed by Shapiro’s psychotherapeutic orientation known as Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). After many years of rigorous empirical studies demonstrating its uses and effectiveness in trauma treatment, EMDR has become one of only three approved treatments recommended by the veteran’s administration for the treatment of PTSD. Through didactic illustration and explanation; videotaped demonstrations; and experiential exercises, this seminar provides clinicians the basic principles of EMDR and EMDR- related techniques and how each would be incorporated into their personal therapeutic orientation and practice. Goals 1. Participants will gain understanding of neuroscience’s trauma paradigm · Biological nature of trauma · Specific trauma symptoms and their order of appearance · Primary treatment issues in trauma therapy. 2. Participants will gain understanding of trauma’s cognitive and somatic impact and how to effectively treat its sequelae including: · Hyperarousal · Affect dysregulation · Dissociation · Body memories and “flashbacks” 3. Participants will learn the theory of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and EMDR-related techniques for initial resourcing of clients, followed by desensitizing and cognitive reprocessing of traumatic material. Objectives 1. Participants will identify the biological nature of trauma; how trauma is stored in the body and limbic system, creating physical and psychological symptoms. 2. Participants learn to identify the symptoms of trauma- hyperarousal; affect dysregulation; dissociation, body memories and “flashbacks”. 3. Participants will learn the Adaptive Information Processing Model and clinical research associated with EMDR 4. Participants will learn how EMDR and EMDR-related techniques are used as an adjunct to psychotherapy. 5. Participants will identify and demonstrate the eight 8 Phases of EMDR protocol. 6. Participants will describe the differences between eye movement, auditory and tactile stimulation. 7. Describe the process for resourcing a client prior to actual processing traumatic material. 8. Describe the process of employing tactile alternating bilateral stimulation for the processing traumatic memories.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: No

222. Rodriguez, G., Solvey, P., Solvey, R., & Tagliavini, S. (1995). EMDR and medical conditions. EMDR Network Newsletter, 5(3), 6-8.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
We have successfully treated some clients with somatic complaints, and would like to share our experiences with you. The following very briefly describe cases for which we used EMDR successfully.

Keywords: Medical Conditions  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

223. Cole, M. (2010, July). EMDR and metacognitive therapy: Same destination, different language. Poster presented at the 38th Annual Conference of the British Association for Behavioural and Cognitive Therapies, Manchester, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The information processing model has been described in many different ways and is potentially the underlying process that describes the psychotherapy change process, regardless of orientation. In this poster I will briefly compare Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing and Meta-Cognitive Therapy in light of this information processing model and conclude that although they may use different language to describe their theories, a unifying information processing model describes both paradigms. Human beings are meaning making machines (Robbins, 2009). We give meaning to the world, the deeds we do and the interactions we have, as well as the more fundamental senses we experience (Frankl, 2004). Information arises either from external stimulus or internal process’s and this information goes through our filters where we delete, distort and generalise this information based on the rules created in our information processing unit (Fig 1). This information processing mechanism gives meaning to this filtered information and generates a response, this response interacts with this information and the cycle then repeats in a self regulatory manner. This process is repeated for everything we do; we are and continues until we die. Mental health issues arise when this self regulatory system fails to make a useful functional meaning of the information. Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) was developed by Francine Shapiro (1989) for the treatment of trauma memories and associated emotions, changing the meaning the person gives to their experiences. Metacognitive Therapy (MCT) was developed by Wells and Matthews (1984) as a way of defining the processes that underpin a range of psychological disorders. One of the features of psychological disorders such as anxiety or depression is that thinking becomes difficult to control and biased in particular ways that lead to a worsening and maintenance of emotional suffering. Many clients report that they feel that they have ‘lost control’ over their thoughts and behaviours. Another important feature is that the persons thinking and attention becomes fixed in patterns of brooding and dwelling on the self and threatening information. Both EMDR and MCT describe an information management/processing system that organises and carries out various tasks such as how to open a door, how to get dressed, how to be anxious, how to respond to a trauma memory Both therapies appear to change this system / process to something that is much more adaptive for the client, as if they change the master information management control programme that runs this system, in the same way a conductor influences the orchestra and the music they produce. Both models describe the same process, although they utilise different language to describe this change process. Perhaps a change of focus for the development of pychotherapy towards more process change models rather than content change interventions.

Keywords: Metacognitive Therapy  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

224. Standart, S., & Wood, C. (2011, October). EMDR and mindfullness. Presentation at the 3rd annual EMDR Autumn Workshop Conference, Durham, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A presentation of on a case series of complex Type II PTSD for early childhood and adult trauma with scores of 50+ on the Dissociative Experiences Scale (DES) and using a phased approach to EMDR with mindfulness practice prior to EMDR. Descriptions of mindfulness practice and EMDR protocol use with outcome measure on the DES, Impact of Events Scale score (IES-R) and a depression Inventory will be presented Global outcomes such as occupational and social functioning will also be described for these clients. Working with clients with complex trauma and marked dissociation and how to develop a timely phased protocol for these difficult to engage clients. (Author abstract)

Keywords: Mindfulness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

225. de Jongh, A. (2008, September). EMDR and phobias: Treatment of fears and phobias with eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR)[EMDR bei angst: Und panikstörungen]. Pre-Congress presentation at the European Congress of Hypnosis, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) has been shown to be a structured, noninvasive, time-limited, and evidence-based treatment for the processing of memories of traumatic conditioning events and related symptomatology. There is a growing body of evidence showing the effectiveness of EMDR for specific phobias, a group of conditions that have been found to be more prevalent than any other group of psychiatric disorders studied. This workshop focuses on EMDR as a treatment approach for fear reactions related to - and avoidance of - specific objects and situations. The participants will learn: 1) about the fascinating possibilities of using EMDR in their work 2) how EMDR can be applied with clients who suffer from fears and phobias 3) to assess clients with patterns of fearful avoidance and to identify strategically important memories of earlier negative learning experiences for processing 4) to integrate EMDR interventions into a general (hypno)therapeutic approach. This will be illustrated by segments of video taped treatment sessions of clients suffering from a broad diversity of phobias (e.g., dental phobia, vomiting phobia, shark phobia).

Keywords: Phobias  Dental Phobias  Shark Phobias  Vomiting Phobias  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

226. Allon, M. (2004, June). EMDR and right-left brain stimulation. Poster presented at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will present and demonstrate my clinical observations, that clients while talking or working on their issues will sometime lean their heads toward the right or the left shoulder. People with their heads to the left will tend to report thoughts, while those with their heads to the right will tend to report images and emotions. In therapy, utilizing EMDR when clients have leaned their heads to one side, I have tended to reinforce the side they put their head to, utilizing eye movements in a diagonal direction, corresponding to the direction the head was learning. That is. If the person learned their head to the left, I would move my hand from their upper left side to their lower right side, and opposite if their heads leaned to the right. The outcome of these diagonal eye movements was that it tended to evoke cognitions when the head leaned to the left or images when the head learned to the right. Client who come to therapy requesting help concerning fears, tend to lean their heads to the rights, corresponding with imagery and imagination of the right hemisphere and may lack the cognitive, logical thinking skills (left hemisphere) to counter their fears. With these clients, when the SUDS do not drop significantly, I will tend to do body-cognitive interweave. I request that the client lean their head on the left and work over and over with cirrsponding sets of diangonal eye movmenets. The left hemisphere of the brain is thus stimulated and logical thinking (PC) is enhanced. This helps to counter and balance out the negative images, and the fear decreased.
Through care histories and examples, I would like to accomplish the following objectives: 1) to make the participants more aware of body language and it its significance in therapy; 2) to examine the differences between the right and left hemispheres of the brain and their relationship to therapy with EMDR; and 3) to introduce and demonstrate a body-cognitive interweave in EMDR therapy with client s who request help with fears.

Keywords: Body-Cognitive Interweave  Left-Right Brain  Hemispheres of the Brain  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

227. Carvalho, E. R. (2013, May). EMDR and role therapy: Healing the folks who live inside. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The integration of EMDR with Role Therapy will be presented as a comprehensive approach to the treatment of a wide spectrum of clients. Role therapy is presented as a “normalizing” approach to trauma and dissociation, treating clients’ inner roles as EMDR targets. Central to this approach is the conceptualization of self and one’s inner roles and counter-roles. Discussion will include how to use a developmental approach to assessment, and will review the identification, mapping and accessing of roles, as well as how to promote the use of role-specific EMDR targets, facilitating the enhancement of EMDR processing. Learning Objectives: • Participants will be able to discuss and implement the applications of Role Theory concepts and techniques to all phases of the EMDR protocol in order to facilitate the treatment of clients. • Participants will be able to discuss and describe how to developmentally assess, identify, map and access client roles and how to treat roles with traditional EMDR protocols. • Participants will be prepared to utilize EMDR targeting clients’ inner roles to enhance the processing of clients’ issues and resolution of symptoms.

Keywords: Role Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

228. Levine, L. (1998, July). EMDR and sex therapy. Prresentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn how to identify cultural messages about sex that can have a negative impact in the belief system of a client, and use there internalized messages to identify potential targets for EMDR; 2) learn and understand how EMDR can reprocess the negative effects of small "t" trauma; 3) learn and understand how EMDR can be used to generate new pathways for positive sexual templates that will result in successful sexual experiences; 4) learn and understand how EMDR can reinforce newly achieved successful sexual experiences; 5) learn and understand why it is important to take a psychosocial sexual history; and 6) learn and share relevant resource materials on sexuality for clients and clinicians.

Keywords: Sex Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

229. Engl, V. (2002, May). EMDR and stabilisation in the treatment of severely traumatized clients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Frankfurt, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Complex Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

230. Konuk, E., & Epozdemir, H. (2010, July). EMDR and strategic family therapy. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Strategic Family Therapy developed some 50 years ago by a handful of visionaries at MRI (Mental Research Institute) in Palo Alto, California. This is why sometimes it is known as the “Palo Alto Group”. The kind of therapy evolved at that time changed the therapy world radically. The major shift was that: • The theory was a theory of change. The emphasis was on change rather than to understand how and why problems exist. • The focus was relationships rather than the phenomena going on under the skin of an individual. This meant that the way the therapist approached the clients was Systemic or interactional. • Strategic map was large enough to allow the therapist work with almost any kind of problem, borrow and use different techniques that belong to other approaches without conflict and confusion. • At that time therapy meant globally 4-5 sessions a week for many years. This was reduced to an average of 7-10 sessions. So when a therapist learned one of the Family Therapies, he learned essentially how to do therapy briefly. One of the approaches that EMDR therapists may integrate efficiently into their practice is Family Therapy. It may speed up the therapy especially when both trauma and relationships are particularly having a role in the formation and maintenance of the problem. In this workshop, the participants will learn: • The basic principles and techniques of Strategic Family Therapy, • Why and how change occurs, • When Strategic Family Therapy is called upon for help, • How interventions are designed and implemented.

Keywords: Strategic Family Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

231. Konuk, E. & Epozdemir, H. (2010, March). EMDR and strategic family therapy. Presentation at the XVIII World International Family Therapy (IFTA) Congress, Buenos Aires, Argentina.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: Strategic Family Therapy developed some 50 years ago by a handful of visionaries at MRI (Mental Research Institute) in Palo Alto, California. This is why sometimes it is known as the “Palo Alto Group”. The kind of therapy evolved at that time changed the therapy world radically. The major shift was that: • The theory was a theory of change. The emphasis was on change rather than to understand how and why problems exist. • The focus was relationships rather than the phenomena going on under the skin of an individual. This meant that the way the therapist approached the clients was Systemic or interactional. • Strategic map was large enough to allow the therapist work with almost any kind of problem, borrow and use different techniques that belong to other approaches without conflict and confusion. • At that time therapy meant globally 4-5 sessions a week for many years. This was reduced to an average of 7-10 sessions. So when a therapist learned one of the Family Therapies, he learned essentially how to do therapy briefly. One of the approaches that Family and Marriage Therapists integrate efficiently into their practice is EMDR. Though EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is relatively new in the therapy world, now it is credited by many professional and governmental organizations as either “treatment of choice” or a valid psychotherapy approach. Especially when trauma is particularly have a role in the formation of the problem, then EMDR is a “life saver” for the therapist. In this workshop, the participants will learn: • The basic principles and techniques of EMDR and Strategic Family Therapy • Why and how change occurs • When EMDR is called upon for help • How interventions are designed and implemented The cases will be presented by live video recordings of sessions.

Keywords: Strategic Family Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

232. Wizansky, B. (2011). EMDR and the challenge of treating childhood trauma: A theoretical and clinical discussion with case examples. In V. Ardino (Ed.), Post-traumatic syndromes in childhood and adolescence: A handbook of research and practice (pp. 297-321). Wiley-Blackwell.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Treating childhood trauma with EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing) requires the practitioner to be aware of the challenge inherent in adapting a focused therapeutic model created for adults to young developing clients. Problems involved in exposing young children to disturbing, often terrifying memories loom large. How do we cope with parents' fear of damaging their son or daughter? How do we answer our own internal resistance to leading a young client into a difficult session and the dangers of retraumatizing a child? These are problems which demand solutions. Recent neurological research has defined the necessity of including the processing of traumatic material into the treatment plan as directly as possible. No part of the brain can change if it is not activated. The chapter aims to detail how EMDR meets this challenge.

Keywords: Childhood Trauma  Children  Focused Therapeutic Model  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

233. McGuinness, D. P., & Charest, L. (2003, September). EMDR and the integrated diagnostic treatment of somatic complaints. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop is designed to prepare clinicians to utilize EMDR in an integrated diagnostic approach with medical professionals for clients with somatic complaints. Participants will learn to explain the principles of emotional pain manifesting itself in physical symptoms and the use of EMDR to facilitate a breakthrough in the patient's overall treatment. Participants will practice a working protocol for treating somatic complaints with EMDR. Participants will also learn cognitive interweave strategies to facilitate the movement of somatic complaints. Participants will have the opponunity to practice these skills in small groups.

Keywords: Cognitive Interweave  Somatic Complaints  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

234. Weston, D. L. (1995, June). EMDR and the issues of gay clients. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is an effective therapeutic method for working with the emotional issues of gay clients. The first portion of this workshop will examine the "pubic" and "relationship" definitions of homosexuality. Being gay is much more than how people express themselves sexually. A brief historical and cultural kamework for understanding the emotional issues of lesbian I gay persons will be presented. There will be a review of the psychological theories and the research about the origins of homosexuality. The second portion of the workshop will focus on the psychological path of persons recognizing they are gay. The changes in the "pre-stonewall' and "post-stonewall" experience will be highlighted. This review of psychological experience will look at the points where EMDR therapists can be sensitive to the presence of emotional issues related to being gay. Feeling "different" is often a precursor to recognizing that one is gay. It is impossible to grow up in our culture without internalization of negative attitudes about gay people. When an individual recognizes (s)he is lesbian or gay, this negative learning now applies to one's self. EMDR is effective in resolving this "internalized homophobia." "Coming out" to one's self is a shock because, "I am no longer the person I believed myself to be." EMDR helps clients see gayness, not as an event happening in Me at this moment, but as something with a history related to earlier life experiences and feelings. This perception of continuity reduces the sense of crisis around being homosexual. As internalized homophobia is resolved, acceptance and valuing of self increases. Using the EMDR "future template" protocol assists people in preparing to "come out" to family, fiiends, employers, etc. Gay activists suggests that lesbian/gay persons need to be "out" in all situations. EMDR can help people understand why they want to come out to various people in various situations. It assists in idenhfxation of what people want as the result of "coming out." EMDR is effective in workmg with the myths about homosexuality; the cultural homophobia. Among the myths to be focused are: gay men are promiscuous, being gay is immoral, gay sexual expression is perversion, gay relationships don't last, lesbian/gay persons recruit young people, etc. The third portion of this workshop will focus on issues of HIV disease. There will be a brief epidemiological presentation and focus on the medical and psychological issues of persons with HIV disease. Application of EMDR at "crisis points" of HIV disease will be presented: (1) the worried well, a diminishing population as the aids epidmc continues, (2) the time of HIV+ diagnosis when the potential for suicide is highest, (3) the time of the first AIDS defining illness, (4) response to declining health and approaching death, and (5) issues of "meaning" as life moves toward death. EMDR's application in grief and multiple loss will be presented. Our culture's attitude that grief is something to "be resolved" and "get over" is a mistake. Grief is an ongoing process, especially when people are dealing with multiple losses of partners, fiends, etc. EMDR is effective in reducing the pain around loss so that the grief process can proceed more comfortably. The workshop will end with discussion of characteristics which therapists need to evaluate in relation to the decision to work or not work with gay and gay HIV infected clients. Working with gay men leads to working with clients with HIV disease. Therapists need to be clear about their boundaries and comfort in dealing with home and hospital visits, touching people who have AIDS, being present at the death of a client, and other issues that arise in HIVIAIDS care. The rewards of working with this population and the life changes it may make for the therapist will also be highlighted.

Keywords: Gay Clients  Homosexuality  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

235. Dworkin, M. (2005). EMDR and the relational imperative: The therapeutic relationship in EMDR treatment. New York: Routledge.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
This book is a commentary on Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), based on my observations from clinical practice, that amplifies the relational perspective to Francine Shapiro's standard methodology. During the last 14 years I have conducted more than 5,000 EMDR sessions. The patterns of response I have seen in my clients and the latest discoveries in the neurosciences, which support my conviction in the relational imperative, have prompted me to write this commentary.The main theme of my book is that healing takes place when proper knowledge of the standard methodology is integrated into the context of the therapeutic relationship. I offer this work to enrich the reader's understanding of how I practice EMDR clinically. I have not conducted research to validate my opinions. This work is based on acute and repeated clinical observations of the many clients with whom I have had the privilege to work. [Adapted from Preface]

Keywords: Psychotherapeutic Processes  PTSD Alliance  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

236. Rogers, S. (1998, July). EMDR and the resolution of guilt in a veteran population. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) be able to differentiate between survivor guilt, bystander guilt, and perpetrator guilt and will become familiar with some of the literature addressing this issue; 2) become familiar with common patterns of naturally-occurring resolution of guilt during EMDR; 3) learn some ways the issue of guilt in clients'presentations, how to present EMDR in a way which can be accepted by clients, and how to frame cognitive interweaves which can be used by clients whose guilt may be "reality based."

Keywords: Guilt  Veterans  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

237. Nickerson, M. (2008, June). EMDR and the treatment for angry and violent behaviours. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will assist the EMDR clinician to more effectively treat angry and violent behaviour. It will include an initial review of the prevalence, impact and dynamics of the problem. The common cyclical nature of violent acting out will be depicted as well as other characteristics in a spectrum of hostile behaviours including perpetrator state and trait issues. Current non-EMDR clinical approaches and the evolving field of domestic violence will be reviewed to aid the EMDR clinician in skilfully integrating into existing clinical contexts and to appreciate the unique capacities of EMDR. The primary focus of the workshop will be on special considerations in the successfully tailored use of the 8-Phase Treatment approach. Clients with problematic anger or violent behaviour present many challenges for the often undertrained clinician and commonly avoid, resist and manipulate treatment or drop out prematurely. Keys to successful clinical engagement, risk assessment and case formulation will be highlighted as critical to early phases of treatment. A metaphor based guide to case formulation will be presented and a decision-tree style flow chart will be offered to inform treatment planning including determining client readiness for trauma processing. EMDR offers the potential for desensitizing the trauma that often drives violent behaviour. Considerations in the identification, prioritization and sequencing of targets for processing will be outlined. This will include use of the cycle of violence model for target identification. Multiple clinical examples will be offered to illuminate points including video taped case material.

Keywords: Anger  Violence  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

238. Marquis, P. (2007, June). EMDR and the treatment of anxiety disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Dr. Marquis will present on the treatment of Anxiety Disorders using Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). This treatment is based on clinical research and practice, integrating Anxiety Disorder treatments such as interceptive exposure, psych-education, mindfulness, relaxation training, breathing retraining, cognitive techniques and exposure and response prevention with EMDR. The diagnosis of Obsessive Compulsive Disorder, Hoarding, Trichotillomonia, Skin Picking, Panic Disorder, Social Anxiety Disorders, Phobias, Generalized Anxiety Disorder, Somatization Disorder and their interaction with underlying PSTD will be discussed and standard EMDR treatment protocols presented. This will be presented in context of the Adaptive Information Processing Model. Theoretical models will be presented. This treatment integrates the use of future template and behavioral feedback for success of anxiety treatment. Participants will learn how to specify EMDR targets for rapid symptom reduction and how clients scan integrate self-use of bilateral stimulation to increase treatment results. Case examples will be presented. Participants will be encouraged to discuss and receive feedback on anxiety cases of their own. Cross-cultural applications and understanding will be explored. Dr. Marquis is the Anxiety Team Leader at Kaiser Hospital and has been practicing, teaching, and training EMDR internationally since 1991.

Keywords: Anxiety Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

239. Marquis, P., & Sprowls, C. (2011, August). EMDR and the treatment of anxiety disorders: Clinical applications using the anxiety protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Dr. Marquis and Dr. Sprowls will present on the treatment of Anxiety Disorders using Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, (EMDR). This treatment is based on clinical research and practice, integrating Anxiety Disorder treatments such as interoceptive exposure, psycho-education, mindfulness, relaxation training, breathing retraining, cognitive techniques and exposure and response prevention with EMDR. Participants will learn how to specify EMDR targets for rapid symptom reduction and how clients can integrate self-use of bilateral stimulation to increase treatment results. Participants will be encouraged to discuss and receive feedback on anxiety cases of their own. Cross-cultural applications and understanding will be explored.

Keywords: Anxiety Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

240. Knudsen, N. J. (2006, September). EMDR and the treatment of chronic relationship problems. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A history of failed or disappointing relationships is a primary symptom for many clients. Bowen Theory is a family systems model that offers a conceptual roadmap for working with individuals, as well as families on enhancing the capacity to be a Self, while staying in healthy connection to others. The theory helps guide clear thinking about how the emotional system works within a multigenerational frame and offers concepts that predict human relational behavior over time. Yet, as we know, intellectual understanding can only bring us so far without the kind of whole brain integration that can be so swiftly brought about with EMDR treatment. By integrating the Adaptive Information Processing Model and the EMDR approach with Bowen Theory, this treatment model facilitates a client learning to have a whole new experience in their significant relationships. This workshop will provide a basic overview of Bowen Theory. An integrative model using Bowen Theory and EMDR will then be described, followed by an in-depth case analysis illustrating the approach. The treatment includes an extensive assessment of the family system, the selection and processing of EMDR targets causing high levels of reactivity involving closeness to others, coaching to re-work and repair significant relationships in the family of origin, and finally the targeting of present day triggers in a newly forming relationship.

Keywords: Bowen Theory  Relationship Issues  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

241. Wildwind, L. (1995). EMDR and the “ADD” connection. EMDR Network Newsletter, 5(1), 9-11.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
You or your clients may be coping with Attention Deficit Disorder (ADD, termed Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder in the DSM IV). For reasons I will explain below, it is more likely if you use EMDR that you will encounter this condition

Keywords: ADD  Attention Deficit Disorder  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

242. DiGiorgio, K. E., Arnkoff, D. B., Glass, C. R., Lyhus, K. E., & Walter, R. C. (2004, September). EMDR and theoretical orientation:  A qualitative study of how therapists integrate eye movement desensitization and reprocessing into their approach to psychotherapy. Journal of Psychotherapy Integration, 14(3), 227-252. doi:10.1037/1053-0479.14.3.227.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This study examined how 3 therapists from differing theoretical orientations (psychodynamic, humanistic, and cognitive–behavioral) integrate eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) into their work with clients. The consensual qualitative research method was used to analyze interview responses from each of the therapists. All of the therapists deviated from the standard EMDR protocol to some degree, and their decisions to either add to or leave out various aspects of the protocol were greatly influenced by their theoretical orientation. They reported that the integration of EMDR into their usual therapy styles varied depending on their clients. The present study expands on previous psychotherapy integration research because it provides detailed descriptions as to how therapists actually use a specific method with clients. Findings may be particularly useful for researchers and therapists interested in the practice of EMDR, as well as the process of assimilative integration.

Keywords: Assimilative Integration  Cognitive Behavior Therapy  Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy  Empirical Study  Humanistic Psychotherapy  Integrative Psychotherapy  Humanistic Therapy  Psychodynamic Psychotherapy  Psychodynamic Therapy  Psychotherapeutic Processes  Psychotherapy Integration  Qualitative Study  Treatment Outcomes  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

243. Nickerson, M. (2008, September). EMDR and treatment for angry and violent behaviors. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR offers unique potential in the treatment of clients with angry and violent behaviors. This workshop will include an initial review of the issue’s prevalence, common dynamics, and historic intervention strategies. The underaddressed role of trauma often driving these tendencies will be illuminated. Primary focus will be on the tailored implementation of the 8-Phase Treatment approach. Keys to successful clinical engagement, risk assessment and a metaphor based guide to case formulation will be highlighted. Considerations in the identification, prioritization and sequencing of targets for processing will be outlined. Clinical examples will be offered to illuminate points, including video taped case material.

Keywords: Angry Behaviors  Violent Behaviors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

244. Nickerson, M. (2007, September). EMDR and treatment for angry and violent behaviors. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Much can be gained as the EMDR clinician develops sharper awareness of the dynamics of angry and violent “acting out” behavior. An AIP informed approach can aid in case formulation with these issues and lead to accelerated client gain. The cyclical nature of violence will be depicted, as well as other common characteristics in a spectrum of hostile behaviors, including perpetrator state and trait issues. The presentation will demonstrate ways in which EMDR processing can work in conjunction with widely used cognitive-behavioral interventions and, with careful target selection, offer opportunities for desensitization of the trauma that often drives them. Discussion will highlight advantages of an EMDR approach in minimizing problematic transferential issues with “resistant” clients. Theory and practice will be illuminated by a case presentation and clinical anecdotes. Graphic, user-friendly therapeutic tools will be offered. Implications for the use of this model in treating other cyclical “acting out” behaviors will be explored.

Keywords: Anger  Violence  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

245. Nickerson, M. (2009, August). EMDR and treatment for angry and violent behaviors. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR offers unique potential in the treatment of clients with angry, violent and abusive behaviors, including intimate partner violence, abusive parenting and bullying. A client’s unconscious drive to “make others feel the way I felt” can be dismantled with the tailored implementation of the 8-Phase Treatment approach. A metaphor based guide to case formulation and a cycle of violence model for understanding behavior and identifying treatment targets will be highlighted. Practical and innovative techniques will be offered to aid in assessment, stabilization and effective reprocessing. Numerous video clips from clinical sessions will illuminate points. Relevant research will be cited.

Keywords: Anger  Violence  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

246. Balbo, M. (2003, May). EMDR and treatment of binge eating disorders. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome, Italy.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The study shows use of EMDR therapeutic method in treatment of eating disorders with binge eating episodes with and without purging with clients treated with cognitive-behavioral psychotherapy. Dissatisfaction with the client’s own body and inadequacy stemming from the influence of cultural elements seem to be the highest maintenance factors of eating disorders associated with binge eating episodes. The study analyzes n.10 cases of clients with various dysfunctional ideas caused by distorted constructions with respect to their self-esteem, self-acceptance and personal value, as shown both in their EDI 2 (Eating Disorder Inventory – 2 by David M. Garner) scores and the analysis of their life histories. The SQ (Symptom Questionnaire by R. Keller) was also administered since it is particularly indicated for administration at short intervals. The EDI 2 and SQ tests have been administered after n.6 EMDR sessions. Results: Use of EMDR on the negative cognitions formulated, learnt and maintained by clients in their experience, as well as on alternatives to binge eating, has produced a considerable reduction of their dysfunctional ideas, and binge eating behaviors showing additionally an increase of the drive to change, leading to an increased compliance and autonomy in therapy progress. The results obtained shall be presented and discussed.

Keywords: Binge Eating  Eating Disorders  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

247. Epozdemir, P., Haciomeroglu, S., & Konuk, E. (2012, June). EMDR and treatment of stuttering: Towards a protocol [EMDR y el tratamiento del tartamudeo: Hacia un protocolo]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Stuttering can be defined in general terms as disturbance in the fluency of speech. Stuttering shows itself with psychological reactions as abstaining from talking, being afraid of making mistakes and with motor reactions as tics in different parts of the body, elongations, repetitions of the words and hesitations. In addition stuttering people are often observed to avoid speaking in certain situations, with certain people, showing social anxiety, high levels of distress and muscle contractions before and/or while speaking. They are also noted to experience relational difficulties and poor quality of life related to all the above factors. Even though there are different etiological approaches for stuttering, we observe that people with stuttering problem have early childhood traumas. Throughout their lives, other traumatic events, mostly related to stuttering; feelings of humiliation, inadequacy, rejection and others worsen the problem. According to our limited number of cases working with those traumas significantly decreases our clients’ social anxiety and this improvement is positively reflected to the fluency of their speech. In this workshop, we will first give general information about stuttering and its etiology, emphasize how relations are organized around stuttering and with video clips we will present how we approach the treatment of stuttering from an EMDR perspective.

En términos generales, se puede definir el tartamudeo como una alteración en la fluidez del lenguaje. El tartamudeo se manifiesta a través de reacciones psicológicas tales como abstenerse de hablar, tener miedo de equivocarse y con reacciones motrices como tics en distintas partes del cuerpo, prolongaciones, repeticiones de las palabras y vacilaciones. Es más, a menudo se observa que las personas que sufren del tartamudeo evitan hablar durante ciertas situaciones, con algunas personas en particular; muestran ansiedad social, niveles altos de estrés, y contracciones musculares antes y/o mientras hablan. También se ve que sufren dificultades con las relaciones y una mala calidad de vida relacionada con los factores previamente mencionados. Si bien existen planteamientos etiológicos distintos para tratar el tartamudeo, hemos observado que los individuos con problemas de tartamudeo han sufrido eventos traumáticos en la infancia. A lo largo de sus vidas, otros sucesos traumáticos, en su mayoría relacionados con el tartamudeo; sentimientos de humillación, ineptitud, rechazo y otros empeoran el problema. En nuestra experiencia limitada, el trabajo con estos sucesos traumáticos disminuye significativamente la ansiedad social de nuestros clientes y dicha mejoría se refleja positivamente en la fluidez de su habla. En este taller, empezaremos por ofrecer información general acerca del tartamudeo y su etiología; señalaremos cómo se organizan las relaciones entorno al tartamudeo y, con vídeos, presentaremos nuestra forma de afrontar el tratamiento del tartamudeo desde la perspectiva de EMDR.

Keywords: Stuttering  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

248. Kannan, L. (2010, July). EMDR as a tool in change management. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In 2008-2009, many professionals and executives faced various organizational pressures ranging from pay slash, contrived performance appraisals, layoffs and work overload due to the recession which impacted many traumatically. It affected the morale, motivation and basic sense of security which was previously part of the work culture in Eastern countries especially in India. EMDR is an effective tool for organizations to manage dramatic change without adversely impacting the individual and consequently the organization. Participants will learn: 1. What constitutes work trauma both direct and vicarious and how to identify its impact, 2. The impact of such work trauma on the clinical and non clinical parameters affecting performance, efficiency and well being. 3. How to use EMDR efficiently with work trauma. 4. Adapting EMDR to the different setting where work trauma clients may present themselves in the Eastern context.

Keywords: Change Management  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

249. Parnell, L. A. (2007, September). EMDR as a transpersonal psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a powerful and effective psychotherapeutic method for healing trauma-based problems. In addition to its therapeutic effectiveness, it also leads in many cases to clients opening to transpersonal experiences. In this presentation, information on EMDR’s Adaptive Information Processing model and EMDR procedure are reviewed. Description and discussion of the spiritual unfoldment in EMDR clients is given, along with new research highlighting the following areas: the development of wisdom, compassion, trust in life, forgiveness, insights, epiphanies, experiences of spiritual freedom, and openings into the psychic realm (Turpin, 1999). Also included will be discussion of how to use EMDR to access and strengthen spiritual experiences, using EMDR with clients who have experienced near death experiences, and EMDR and after death communication to heal grief, including research using a new protocol, (Botkin, 1995, 2005). Suggestions on ways to enhance client’s spiritual experiences will be provided, as well as meditation practices.

Keywords: Transpersonal Psychotherapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

250. de Roos, C., & Went, M. (2012, June). EMDR as trauma treatment for infants (0-4 years) [EMDR como tratamiento para el trauma en niños pequeños (0-­‐4 años)]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In our therapeutic EMDR work with deaf and hard of hearing clients, we are forced to strongly focus on the visual world. But focus on visual aspects is not only necessary with this client group! When working with pre-­‐verbal trauma, with children or adults who are (not yet) fluent in their native speech or when we use EMDR with clients that use a second language, we will have to use alternatives to spoken languages. When used correctly, visual input can enrich and enable the EMDR process greatly. In this presentation we invite visitors to explore the visual aspects and possibilities of the EMDR process with us. Visitors will feel more adequate in using mimic, visual and imaging techniques with their clients. Video material will enrich our presentation. We will present in English and Dutch sign language. Our interpreter will translate the Dutch sign language in spoken English.

Los infantes (0-­‐4 años) pueden ser expuestos a diversos tipos de eventos traumáticos, por ejemplo procedimientos médicos intrusivos, abuso sexual y otras formas de violencia física o emocional, y pueden desarrollar síntomas de estrés post-­‐traumático. Por otro lado, no es fácil determinar si están traumatizados desde esa edad, la mayoría de los niños no son capaces de comunicar verbalmente sus experiencias. En la mayoría de los ejemplo, son los padres los que notan un cambio en el comportamiento de su hijo y van en busca de ayuda. Los terapeutas junto con los padres y usando la información disponible del propio niño, desarrollan una hipótesis sobre el origen de los síntomas. Si existen indicios de que los síntomas actuales están relacionados con un evento traumático sin procesar, EMDR es idóneo. El método de Cuenta-­‐cuentos de Lovett puede ser usado para este propósito. Se necesita prestar una especial atención a la interacción entre los padres y el niño. Los padres pueden encontrar difícil apoyar a su hijo o reaccionar adecuadamente al comportamiento del niño cuando se sienten ansiosos o culpables de este evento traumático. Este tipo de cuestiones deben ser tomadas en cuenta ya que pueden agravar los síntomas ya existentes en el niño Después de una pequeña introducción teórica, numerosos casos serán mostrados en video. Mostramos como los recuerdos traumáticos sin procesar en infantes pueden ser activados y procesados. En uno de los casos EMDR se combinará con elementos de la terapia orientada a padres. Conceptos sobre el apego y sus efectos en el EMDR serán mostrados.

Keywords: Infants  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

251. Korn, D. (2010, April). EMDR behandeling bij volwassenen met een verleden van incest en verwaarlozing. Het herstellen van ontwikkelings tekorten en het beschadigde ‘zelf’ [EMDR treatment in adults with a history of incest and neglect. Developmental deficits and restore the damaged self]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de vierde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, The Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In deze workshop zal er worden ingegaan op het integreren van EMDR in een algemeen behandelingsplan voor volwassenen die incest en verwaarlozing in hun jeugd hebben meegemaakt. De workshop is een verdieping van de keynote van het congres. De werkwijze zal gedetailleerd worden uitgelegd en zal worden geïllustreerd aan de hand van videopresentaties en bespreking van casuïstiek. In eerste instantie wordt uitgelegd hoe de ontwikkelings- en hechtingsbehoeften van de cliënt onderzocht kunnen worden en hoe een betekenisvolle beschrijvende diagnose kan worden ontwikkeld om tot een geïntegreerd, logisch opgebouwd behandelingsplan te komen. Bij deze groep cliënten, waarbij er sprake is van beperkte affect tolerantie, kwetsbaarheid voor hyper- en hypoarousal, en dissociatieve kenmerken, kan het standaard EMDR protocol worden aangepast met specifieke strategieën. Daar zal uitvoerig op worden ingegaan. Ook zal er veel aandacht besteed worden aan het integreren van specifieke EMDR technieken, zoals diverse ego-versterkende protocollen en hulpbron installatie (RDI), in alle fasen van de behandeling. Tevens zullen er technieken besproken worden die cliënten helpen om hun disfunctionele afweermechanismen los te laten, waardoor het veranderen van schema’s met hun kenmerkende kerngedachten en kernaffecten mogelijk wordt Deelnemers aan deze workshop zullen leren om pathogene gevoelstoestanden, (zoals schaamte, wanhoop, onverdraagelijke eenzaamheidsgevoelens), angsten en ‘blocking beliefs’, ego state conflicten te herkennen, zodat de meest effectieve interweaves en hulpbron opties kunnen worden toegepast. Verder zullen er strategieën voor herstel, zoals het verduidelijken van verantwoordelijkheid, het vaststellen van veiligheid en keuze, en het verwerken van rouw, verlangen en woede, worden besproken.

This workshop will address the integration of EMDR into an overall treatment plan for adult incest and neglect in childhood have experienced. The workshop is a deepening of the keynote of the conference. The methodology will be explained in detail and will be illustrated with video presentations and discussion of case studies. Initially, explains how the development and bonding needs of the client can be investigated and how a meaningful descriptive diagnosis can be developed into an integrated, logical plan of treatment. In this group of clients, where there is limited affect tolerance, vulnerability to hyper-and hypoarousal and dissociative characteristics, the standard EMDR protocol to be adapted to specific strategies. As will be discussed in detail. Also, much attention is paid to the integration of EMDR specific techniques, such as various ego-enhancing protocols and resource installation (RDI) in all phases of treatment. Will also discuss techniques that help clients to their dysfunctional defense mechanisms to let go, so changing schedules with their distinctive core ideas and possible kernaffecten Participants in this workshop will learn to pathogenic emotional states (such as shame, despair, unbearable loneliness feelings), and fears "blocking beliefs", ego-state conflicts to recognize that the most effective and interweaves resource options can be applied. Moreover, through strategies for recovery, such as clarifying responsibilities, establishing security and choice, and the process of mourning, desire and anger are discussed.

Keywords: Adults  Developmental Deficits  Incest  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

252. Stofsel, M. (2005). EMDR behandeling in het Sinaï Centrum – Drie jaar ervaring [EMDR treatment in the Sinai Centre: Three years experience]. Cogiscope, 1(1), 2-9.

Language: Dutch

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
Psychotherapeut Stöfsel beschrijft de bevindingen van het Sinai Centrum met de toepassing van EMDR bij cliënten die hebben ervaren traumatische ervaringen die zich herhaaldelijk voorgedaan of gedurende een langere periode. De verschillende traumatische ervaringen worden afzonderlijk behandeld. Voorwaarde is wel dat er moet een traumatische beeld. [Cogis]

Psychotherapist Stöfsel describes the findings of the Sinai Centre with the application of EMDR at clients who have experienced traumatic experiences which occurred repeatedly or during a longer period. The different traumatic experiences are treated separately. Condition is that there must be a traumatic picture. [Cogis]

Keywords: Dutch  Jews  Survivors  War  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

253. Leuning, E., & Mevissen, L. (2012, March). EMDR bij autisme spectrum stoornis en EMDR bij verstandelijke beperking, zoek de verschillen [Complex PTSD: Evaluation of treatment by patient and therapist - "You need not type during EMDR."]. Presentatie op de 6e congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Arnhem, Nederland .

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Het herkennen van PTSS bij mensen met een stoornis in het autisme spectrum (ASS), of een verstandelijke beperking (VB) kan moeilijk zijn. Bij ASS, maar ook bij VB wordt de ontregeling vaak gezien als iets dat bij de stoornis hoort, en niet gekoppeld aan bijzondere ervaringen. De client zelf beschikt doorgaans over onvoldoende vaardigheden om te overzien dat zijn veranderde stemming/gedrag te maken heeft met een bepaalde gebeurtenis, en kan dit vervolgens doorgaans ook onvoldoende helder communiceren vanwege zijn beperkingen op dit gebied. Vanuit de literatuur is door diverse mensen aangegeven dat kinderen en jongeren met een stoornis in het autistisch spectrum een grotere kans hebben om getraumatiseerd te raken in verband met hun kwetsbaarheid en onvermogen om te communiceren. Dit geldt ook voor volwassenen met ASS en/of een verstandelijke beperking. PTSS wordt in deze beide groepen dan ook zelden onderkend. Wanneer PTSS wel onderkend wordt, is er nagenoeg niets geschreven over eventuele behandeling ervan bij de bovengenoemde doelgroepen. Als EMDR wordt toegepast bij mensen met een verstandelijke beperking wordt het protocol afgestemd op de ontwikkelingsleeftijd. Ook voor volwassenen met een VB wordt het protocol voor kinderen gebruikt. Als er dan nog stagnaties zijn in de EMDR behandeling is de kans groot dat er sprake is van comorbide problemen. ASS is zo'n veel voorkomende comorbide stoornis bij deze populatie: in ongeveer 50% van de gevallen gaat ASS samen gaat met een VB. In de workshop worden beelden getoond van verschillen tussen cliënten met ASS en cliënten met VB. Tevens wordt aandacht besteed aan het kiezen van de juiste afleidende stimulus bij cliënten met ASS. Daarnaast wordt een video getoond van een cliënt waar naar aanleiding van het verloop van de EMDR behandeling de diagnose wordt aangescherpt.

Recognizing PTSD in people with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), or an intellectual disability (VB) can be difficult. In ASD, but also in VB is the disruption often seen as something that belongs to the disorder, and not linked to specific experiences. The client will generally have insufficient skills to oversee his altered mood / behavior has to do with a certain event, and can then usually also lack clear communication because of its limitations in this area. From the literature by several people indicated that children and young people with autistic spectrum disorder are more likely to become traumatized because of their vulnerability and inability to communicate. This also applies to adults with ASD and / or intellectual disabilities. PTSD in these two groups therefore rarely recognized. When PTSD is recognized, there is almost nothing written about its possible treatment with the above target groups. If EMDR is used in people with intellectual disabilities is the protocol tailored to the developmental age. For adults with VB is the protocol used for children. If there are still blockages in the EMDR treatment is likely that there is comorbid problems. ASD is a common comorbid disorder in this population in about 50% of ASD cases coincides with a VB. In the workshop are shown images of differences between clients with ASD and clients with VB. Attention is also paid to choosing the right distracting stimulus in clients with ASD. In addition, a video display of a client, which as a result of the course of the treatment EMDR the diagnosis is tightened.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  C-PTSD  Complex PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

254. O’Dell, K. (2005, April 05). EMDR can fight fears, soften troubling memories. Springfield, MO:  Springfield News-Leader, Health, E4.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Psychologists say Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, or EMDR, appears to help clients thoroughly process old painful events so they "unstick" from the conscious mind and move into resolved memory. Several Springfield-area therapists say they have used EMDR to successfully treat troubled war veterans as well as clients with a host of phobias, eating disorders, a history of sexual abuse, depression and low-self esteem.

Keywords: General  Mike Murrell  Overview  Springfield  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

255. Manfield, P. (2003). EMDR casebook:  Expanded (2nd Ed.). New York: W. W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
This book picks up where formal EMDR training leaves off. Research has now shown that EMDR is powerfully effective in the treatment of residual psychological effects of a single-incident trauma. Through case studies, this book explores other areas where EMDR may be helpful, including long-term childhood abuse and complex PTSD. The eleven case reports illustrate the application of EMDR to a broad range of cases. The many clinical transcripts will help newly trained EMDR clinicians fell comfortable using EMDR with their clients and provide models for experienced EMDR clinicians to broaden their use of EMDR. The clear explanations of the treatment processes will demystify EMDR for both clinicians and clients.
The introduction includes basic descriptions of EMDR and the accelerated information processing model, as well as definitions of its terminology. Each of the following chapters begins with a discussion of the contributors background, the principles of the traditional treatment approach used before incorporating EMDR, and the ways he or she has integrated EMDR into that approach. The contributors, who represent various orientations, including psychodynamic, behavioral, cognitive, and systems, demonstrate the importance of procedural fidelity while extending EMDR protocols.

Keywords: Miscellanous  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

256. Vogelmann-Sine, S., Sine, L. F., Smyth, N. J.,& Popky, A. J. (1998). EMDR chemical dependency treatment manual. New Hope, PA:  EMDR Humanitarian Assistance Programs.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
A comprehensive and flexible EMDR-based treatment manual designed to be used with clients in recovery from chemical dependency. Includes assessment and clinical application of specialized protocols. [EMDR-HAP]

Keywords: Chemical Dependency  Substance Abuse  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

257. McDonald, H. (2010, March). EMDR chronic pain protocol. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Persistent pain is common in people who have experienced trauma; and persistent pain also leads to trauma responses. This workshop will focus on using the Pain Protocol (Grant and Threlfo, 2002), using a practical approach to clinical work with clients. The pain protocol is based on the Adaptive Information Processing model, (Shapiro 1995), and takes into account the overlap between the experience of pain and traumatic experiences. It is expected that participants not necessarily have experience of working specifically on pain using EMDR with clients. An increasing body of evidence suggests that using the EMDR Pain Protocol can be effective in three main ways: • Reducing the experience of pain; • Targeting pain memories and • Overcoming the impact of pain on the individual. The application of the protocol assumes that it is possible to influence neurological pathways involved in maintaining persistent pain messages. The workshop will include a brief overview of research evidence and current clinical experience, and will primarily focus on practical applications. This will include working with imagery in specific ways relevant to working with people in pain; and discussion of case examples. At the end of the workshop, it is hoped that participants have increased confidence in working with people who have pain; having practiced elements of the protocol and discussed their implications for clinical practice.

Keywords: Chronic Pain  Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

258. Manfield, P. (2010, June). EMDR clinical skills: Dyadic resourcing. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop introduces 'dyadic resourcing,' a form of resourcing designed to facilitate the processing of very early trauma with severely deprived clients, including those with attachment disorders. The goal of this process is to help a client connect affectively to the experience of being in a nurturing relationship Through this process clients experience both roles, the role of the adult who loves them and the role of the child who is lovable and loved. These roles become increasingly real to them and clients come away with access to a loving non-judgmental view of themselves as a child. Clients whose original trauma was a result of or exacerbated by a lack of a strong connection to a nurturing caregiver will benefit from a variety of resources, but the resource that is essential is access to a secure internal nurturing relationship, which this process provides. This procedure is particularly useful for clients who think they were bad or worthless as children, who think the abuse or neglect they suffered chronically was deserved, who are overwhelmed by the intensity of their pain from early childhood experiences, or who cannot view their child selves in an accepting nurturing way. In other words, this type of resourcing is ideal for some of the most difficult EMDR clients, and helps to prepare them for trauma processing. Once developed, these resources allow the EMDR clinician to utilize cognitive interweaves in which the adult client is able to support the child self. Dyadic resourcing is typically a five step process: identifying a nurturing adult resource, make the resource real for the client, formulating a parent-child relationship involving the resource, intensify the client's experience of that relationship, and helping the client to have the experience of both the child and adult in the resource dyad. This workshop will address each of these steps, covering the basic principles and processes central to this form of resourcing. The process will be illustrated using clinical videos, transcripts, and a live demonstration. Techniques borrowed from Eidetic Psychotherapy, Neuro-Linguistic Programming, Gestalt Therapy, hypnotic phrasing and other disciplines will be addressed Links to free downloadable explanatory material from the presenter's book. EMDR Clinical Skills: Case Conceptualization and Dyadic re^ sourcing will be offered for those interested in sharpening their skills in this useful resourcing approach. Learning objectives: Participants will be able to - Explain why cognitive Interweaves are often not helpful to clients with attachment disorders -List 15 possible sources of resource figures - List 8 techniques that can be used to help a client feel more intensely connected to a resource. - Describe 4 indications that clients are NOT assuming an outside observer role and are instead overly identifying with their child selves.

Keywords: Dyadic Resourcing  Keynote  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

259. Dworkin, M. (2006, September). The EMDR clinician and the challenging client:  How to improve relational responsiveness. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This experientially based workshop will address clinician issues with clients who are challenging to work with, both before and during an EMDR session. Participants will develop greater awareness of these mornents and learn strategies to overcome potentla1 moments of misattunements. These strategies will include parts of the Procedural Steps Outline in preparation for anticipated problems; applied R/D/I strategies for compartmentalizing activated clinician state dependent moments in session; and using a variation of cognitive interweave when an interruption of the flow of states between clinician and client temporarily ruptures contingent collaborative communication. "The Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire" will be introduced as a method of enhancing these awarenesses. Participants are invited to bring their most challenging cases to work on.

Keywords: Challenging Client  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

260. Renssen, M. (2000, May 6). EMDR compared with imaginary exposure. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Utrecht, Netherlands.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
According to Spector and Read (1999), “EMDR is an effective therapeutic procedure. More direct comparisons are needed with exposure therapies which up till now have generally been considered the most effective approaches to PTSD.” They further state that, “Direct comparisons with exposure therapies would be particularly meaningful and revealing if they were compared with EMDR, if the subjects were single trauma PTSD case and if EMDR were applied both with and without bilateral stimulation” (Spector & Read, 1999, the Current Status of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). Clinical Psychology and Psychotherapy).
In this presentation, results of a study will be shown in which EMDR was compared with the imaginary exposure procedure. Twenty-five traffic accident victims with trauma complaints were randomly allocated to either EMDR or imaginary exposure. Ten victims received imaginary exposure according to a protocol of Dancu and Foa, 1992 (translated by Arnst, 1997), while ten participants were treated with EMDR based on the PTSD protocol of Shapiro, 1995 (translated by de Jongh, 1996). In the EMDR group, people were exposed to bilateral sounds. The results were compared with an additional group consisting of 5 trauma clients who were exposed to sounds which were simultaneously presented

Keywords: Comparison  Imaginary Exposure  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

261. Carvalho, E. R. (2009). The EMDR drawing protocol for adults. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 107-110). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
At certain points in my clinical practice, after I began using EMDR consistently, I would have clients come in who could not describe a specific scene or image for us to use as the target, yet, they would usually have a clear negative cognition that they would give spontaneously ("I'm trash"). I am a very visual and artistic person and I used drawings in my psychodrama practice. As a result, when I began to use EMDR, it was a natural evolution for me to use drawings. I began to ask my adult clients to draw a picture that would illustrate the negative cognition. Sometimes, they would have feelings about themselves or self-perceptions that would also turn into drawings, and from these drawings, the Standard EMDR Protocol ensued. I usually ask for drawings when people come in with generalities and we need to pin down a specific target to work on. The Drawing Protocol for Adults can be helpful in narrowing down a target, using a metaphor or picture—which has a strong generalizable effect—instead of a concrete scene from the past. When using this protocol, it is usually important to assure clients that most people cannot draw better than a 6-year-old and that this is not an evaluation of artistic talent. [Author abstract]

Keywords: Drawing Protocol  Negative Cognition  Protocol  Psychodrama  Standard Protocol  Therapeutic Drawing  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

262. Quinn, G. (2011, June). EMDR emergency treatment for manmade and natural disasters. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a well-established therapy for the treatment of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). PTSD can be reduced or prevented if treated during the first month after a trauma when a person displays Acute Stress Disorder (ASD). Although usually used later, EMDR has also been used effectively in the immediate period following trauma. Victims of immediate trauma often exhibit “silent terror” or extreme stress .The Emergency Response Procedure (ERP), described in the Humanitarian Assistance Program’s (HAP) Disaster Manual and Marilyn Luber’s: EMDR Scripted Protocols: Basic and Special Situations (2009) was developed to deal with victims of natural and manmade disaster within hours of exposure to trauma. Learning objectives: Participants in this workshop will learn how to respond to clients in the immediate aftermath of trauma, utilizing ERP. This will be understood within the overall context of the principles of Psychological First Aid. This same basic approach can be applied in the event of strong abreaction during the initial phase of History-taking, and prior to the Preparation Phase of EMDR or at other times of treatment when patients exhibit strong emotional reactions. Similarly, treatment with ERP may also be considered for patients exhibiting this “silent terror” or extreme stress during initial treatment by first responders at the scene of an accident or in ambulances en route to medical facilities. Case examples will be presented to illustrate the successful treatment of Acute Stress Disorder (ASD) with survivors the Tsunami in Thailand, and with victims of terror and war. In this presentation the Recent Events Protocol will be examined, with particular emphasis on modifying the Positive Cognitions (PC) in the face of continuing ongoing danger. EMD (Eye Movement Desensitization), the original protocol developed by Dr. Francine Shapiro in 1989, will be described and compared to the standard EMDR protocol with emphasis as used in emergency settings where multiple patients need rapid treatment. The EMDR Group Protocol will be presented as utilized in the Tsunami of 2004 and during war. A practicum will follow.

Keywords: Acute Trauma  Emergency Treatment  Man-Made Disasters  Natural Disaasters  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

263. Knipe, J. (2008, Maart). EMDR en sterk wordt vastgehouden psychologische verdedigingsmechanismen het voorkomen van directe toegang tot bewuste en doelgerichtheid van de post-traumatisch materiaal [EMDR and strongly held psychological defenses preventing direct conscious access and targeting of post-traumatic material]. Presentatie op het derde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Amersfoort, The Netherlands.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Een specifieke EMDR procedures die nuttig is met cliënten die zich sterk hebben gehouden psychologische verweren die bewuste directe toegang te voorkomen en de gerichtheid van post-traumatische materiaal is volledig te verklaren met uitgebreid gebruik van video-materiaal met de gerichtheid van de verdedigingswerken van vermijding (bijvoorbeeld vermijden van zeer verontrustende herinneringen , vermijden van verantwoordelijkheden, te vermijden in de vorm van uitstel), idealisering van het zelf (bijv. narcistische karaktertrekken van bijzonders en het recht) en de idealisering van anderen (bv. verlangen naar een verloren geliefde, of trauma-obligatie gehechtheid aan een dader). Vaak zijn cliënten die depressief bent en anderen die te idealiseren opereren vanuit een kern eigen ego staat van schaamte, en tijdens deze zeer praktische workshop leert u hoe jammer soms kan worden opgelost met behulp van gerichte en EMDR-methoden.

A specific EMDR procedures that is useful with clients who have strongly held psychological defenses that prevent direct conscious access and targeting of post-traumatic material is fully explained with extensive use of video material showing the targeting of defenses of avoidance (e.g. avoidance of extremely troubling memories, avoidance of responsibilities, avoidance in the form of procrastination), idealization of self (e.g. narcissistic traits of specialness and entitlement) and idealization of others (e.g. longing for a lost lover, or trauma-bond attachment to a perpetrator). Often clients who are depressed and who idealize others are operating from a core self ego state of shame, and during this highly practical workshop you will learn how shame can sometimes be targeted and resolved using EMDR methods.

Keywords: Psychological Defenses  Targeting  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

264. Maiberger, B. (2009). EMDR essentials: A guide for clients and therapists. New York: W. W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
1)In easy-to-understand terms, Barb Maiberger explains EMDR to clients and, in turn, equips clinicians with a shorthand way of explaining it to their own patients. Topics include understanding trauma and its symptoms, how and why EMDR works (and when it won't), how to find the right therapist, and sample relaxation exercises. 2)This book discusses eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) therapy. Part I explains EMDR, the phases involved in treatment, the nature of trauma and its effect on memory. Theories about why EMDR works, how it can work for children, and safety issues are addressed. Part II provides illustrations from the author's experiences as an EMDR therapist, presenting client issues and how EMDR helped them. The author notes that the purpose of this book is to inform potential EMDR clients what to expect from EMDR therapy and how it may help in trauma healing. (PsycINFO Database)

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

265. Koempel, G. (2012, April). EMDR et psycho-dynamique: Une belle entente! Deux langages pour un traitement intégré et efficace [EMDR and psychodynamic: A great deal! Two languages ​​for an integrated and efficient treatment]. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Par la présentation détaillée d’un cas de burn-out, nous découvrirons ensemble comment une approche intégrée en psycho-dynamique et en EMDR enrichit la compréhension et le traitement du client et le travail du thérapeute. Nous insisterons sur l’alliance thérapeutique, la compréhension du client de sa propre psycho-dynamique comme une ressource et sur l’importance de la liste des évènements perturbateurs. Nous préciserons certains concepts psychanalytiques et rappellerons les concepts fondamentaux de l’EMDR afin d’identifier facilement leur utilisation lors de la présentation de cas. Attention! Il s’agit bien d’un cas de thérapie EMDR, infiltrée par une pensée psycho-dynamique.
Objectifs d’apprentissage: 1. Intégrer l’approche psycho-dynamique au traitement en EMDR (particulièrement lors de la phase 1 à 4) 2. Redécouvrir l’importance de dresser la liste des évènements perturbateurs avec tous les clients. 3. Établir comme nouvelle ressource la compréhension par le client de son propre enjeu psycho-dynamique. 4. Envisager l’alliance thérapeutique comme ressource principale pour le bon déroulement de la thérapie EMDR. 5. À travers l’exposé détaillé de séances de thérapie, suivre les 8 phases du traitement EMDR illustrant l’efficacité du modèle TAI.

For a detailed presentation of a case of burnout, we will discover together how an integrated psychodynamic and EMDR enhances the understanding and treatment of the client and the therapist's work. We will emphasize the therapeutic alliance, understanding the customer's own psycho-dynamics as a resource and the importance of disrupting the event list. We will specify certain psychoanalytic concepts and recall the basic concepts of EMDR to easily identify their use during the presentation of cases. Caution! It is indeed a case of EMDR, infiltrated by a psycho-dynamic thinking. Learning Objectives: 1. Integrate the psychodynamic approach to treatment in EMDR (particularly in Phase 1 to 4) 2. Rediscover the importance of listing the disruptive events with all clients. 3. Establish as a new resource for understanding the customer's own stake psychodynamic. 4. Consider the therapeutic alliance as a key resource for the success of EMDR therapy. 5. Through the detailed presentation of therapy sessions, follow the eight phases of EMDR treatment model illustrating the effectiveness of TAI.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

266. Twombly, J. H. (2005). EMDR for clients with dissociative identity disorder, DDNOS, and ego states. In R. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing (pp. 88-120). New York: W W Norton & Co.